WO2018121643A1 - Data transmission method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Data transmission method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018121643A1
WO2018121643A1 PCT/CN2017/119229 CN2017119229W WO2018121643A1 WO 2018121643 A1 WO2018121643 A1 WO 2018121643A1 CN 2017119229 W CN2017119229 W CN 2017119229W WO 2018121643 A1 WO2018121643 A1 WO 2018121643A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
resource
transport block
transmission
access device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/119229
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄曲芳
王婷婷
毕皓
卢亚伟
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710296923.XA external-priority patent/CN108270516B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP17886707.3A priority Critical patent/EP3565148B1/en
Priority to JP2019535313A priority patent/JP6940121B2/en
Priority to RU2019123822A priority patent/RU2754679C2/en
Priority to EP22186192.5A priority patent/EP4145734B1/en
Publication of WO2018121643A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018121643A1/en
Priority to US16/455,720 priority patent/US11252604B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method, apparatus, and system.
  • the URL-based (Ultra-Reliable Low latency Communication) service is one of the typical services in the 5G (5th-Generation) system.
  • the URLLC service has a high requirement for the transmission delay.
  • the transmission delay of the TB (Transport Block) of the URLLC data in the access network is less than 0.5 ms.
  • the radio access device may allocate radio resources (referred to as shared resources in the embodiment of the present invention) to the plurality of terminals in advance, for example,
  • the radio resource allocated by the radio access device to the terminal 1 - the terminal 5 is a certain frequency band in the transmission time unit 3 - the transmission time unit 5, and then, when a certain terminal, for example, the terminal 1 needs to send the URLLC data, it can be directly used.
  • the allocated shared resource sends the TB of the URLLC data.
  • the terminal 1 is in the transmission time unit 3.
  • the terminal 2 transmits TB2 on the transmission time unit 3.
  • the wireless access device cannot correctly decode TB1 and TB2, that is, the data transmitted by the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 cannot be correctly received, resulting in a decrease in data transmission efficiency.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, apparatus, and system, which can improve data transmission efficiency while ensuring transmission delay.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including: a terminal may first send an X (X>0) first transmission to a wireless access device by using a shared resource configured by the wireless access device for at least one terminal. Block, thereby reducing the delay caused by the terminal waiting for the wireless access device to allocate dedicated resources; after the terminal determines the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, the dedicated resource is the wireless access device specifically allocated for the terminal. The resource does not conflict with the resources used by other terminals when the terminal uses the dedicated resource. Therefore, the terminal continues to send the Y (Y ⁇ 0) times of the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the target resource including the dedicated resource. Therefore, the probability that the first transport block is correctly received by the wireless access device is improved, that is, the transmission efficiency of the first transport block is improved.
  • the target resource also includes shared resources. That is, after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, while transmitting the first transport block by using the dedicated resource, the terminal may further continue to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, thereby reducing the first transmission. The transmission delay of the block.
  • the method further includes: if the preset stop condition is met, the terminal stops sending the first transport block to the wireless access device; the stopping condition includes: the terminal receives the wireless access device and sends the The response of the first transport block is responsive, or the time at which the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds a preset delay indicator.
  • the terminal before the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource pre-configured by the wireless access device, the terminal further includes: calculating, by the terminal, the transmission required when transmitting the first transport block The number of times N, N>0; at this time, the above stop condition further includes: X+Y ⁇ N. That is, when the sum of the number X of transmitted first transport blocks and the number Y of transmitted first transport blocks is greater than or equal to N, the terminal may stop transmitting the first transport block to the wireless access device, optionally The terminal can also clear the first transport block in the cache, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource pre-configured by the wireless access device, including: the terminal uses the shared resource to access the wireless terminal within a preset time period.
  • the device sends the first transmission block X times one by one, and the end time of the preset time period is before the time when the terminal acquires the dedicated resource.
  • the terminal can use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block only in the preset time period, and once the preset time period is exceeded, the first transport block is not used to transmit the first transport block. Rather, it waits for the first access block to be transmitted by the wireless access device for its assigned dedicated resource, so that other terminals can preempt the shared resource to send data.
  • the terminal sends the first transmission block to the wireless access device by using the target resource, including: for any transmission time unit where the target resource is located, if the transmission time unit includes both dedicated resources and sharing The resource, because the dedicated resource does not conflict with the resources used by other terminals, the terminal transmits the first transport block using the dedicated resource in the transmission time unit.
  • the shared resource is located in each of the Z (Z ⁇ X) transmission time units, and the method further includes: if the terminal is in the Mth transmission in the Z transmission time units The time unit (the Mth transmission time unit is one of the Z transmission time units except the first transmission time unit) acquires the transmission request of the second transmission block, and the terminal uses the first transmission time unit in the Mth transmission time unit.
  • the shared resources in the M transmission time units still transmit the first transport block, so that the transmission delay of the first transport block that has started to transmit is not increased by the transmission of the second transport block.
  • the terminal before the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource pre-configured by the wireless access device, the terminal further includes: inserting, by the terminal, the first indication information in the first transport block.
  • the first indication information includes a HARQ process identifier and a new data identifier NDI of the terminal transmitting the first transport block.
  • the first indication information further includes an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block last time.
  • the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal, and the method includes: the terminal receiving the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to instruct the terminal to send the first transmission block.
  • Dedicated resources required the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to instruct the terminal to send the first transmission block.
  • the resource allocation information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal to repeatedly send the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth (K ⁇ 0) transmission time unit.
  • the terminal may send the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID used when the first transport block is sent in the Kth transmission time unit, according to the second indication information, on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device. That is, the wireless access device may implicitly instruct the terminal to send the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block by using the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit.
  • the wireless access device may perform data combination on the first transport block received multiple times according to the second indication information, so as to receive correctly.
  • the first transport block includes an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit.
  • the shared resource includes: the radio resource device is a first resource configured by the terminal in the first cell, and the radio access device is a second resource configured by the terminal in the second cell;
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, a response response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device by using the first cell; and stopping, by the terminal, transmitting the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the second resource.
  • the terminal can also transmit the same transport block through resources in multiple cells.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including: a transmitting unit, configured to send, by using a shared resource configured by a wireless access device for at least one terminal, X times a first transport block to the wireless access device, where the terminal For one of the at least one terminal, X>0; a determining unit, configured to determine a dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal; the transmitting unit is further configured to send the Y to the wireless access device by using the target resource The first transport block, the target resource includes the dedicated resource, Y ⁇ 0.
  • the transmission unit is specifically configured to: stop sending the first transport block to the wireless access device if the preset stop condition is met; the stop condition includes: the terminal receives the The response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device, or the time when the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds a preset delay indicator.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine a number of transmissions N, N>0 required when transmitting the first transport block; wherein the stopping condition further comprises: X+Y ⁇ N.
  • the transmitting unit is specifically configured to: send the first transport block X times to the wireless access device one by one using the shared resource in a preset time period, where the preset time period is The end time is before the time at which the terminal obtains the dedicated resource.
  • the transmission unit is specifically configured to use, in the transmission time unit, any dedicated transmission time unit in which the target resource is located, if the transmission time unit includes both a dedicated resource and a shared resource.
  • the dedicated resource sends the first transport block.
  • the shared resource is located in each of the Z transmission time units, Z ⁇ X; the transmission unit is further configured to: if the terminal is in the Z transmission time units Obtaining a transmission request of the second transport block in the Mth transmission time unit, and transmitting, by using the shared resource in the Mth transmission time unit, the first transport block in the Mth transmission time unit, the Mth The transmission time unit is one of the Z transmission time units except the first transmission time unit.
  • the terminal further includes: an insertion unit, configured to insert first indication information in the first transport block, where the first indication information includes a HARQ process identifier of the terminal transmitting the first transport block And NDI.
  • the transmitting unit is further configured to: receive resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to indicate, by the terminal, the dedicated resource required for sending the first transport block.
  • the resource allocation information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal repeatedly transmits the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth transmission time unit, where the Kth transmission time unit is located A transmission time unit preceding the transmission time unit that receives the resource allocation information, K ⁇ 0.
  • the shared resource includes: the wireless access device is a first resource configured by the terminal in the first cell, and the wireless access device is a second configured in the second cell of the terminal
  • the transmission unit is further configured to: receive a response response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device by using the first cell, where the response response is that the wireless access device receives the terminal and sends the first resource And generating the first transport block; stopping using the second resource to send the first transport block to the wireless access device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a communication interface; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and the processor is connected to the memory through the bus, when the terminal runs The processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the terminal to perform the data transfer method of any of the first aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, any one of the foregoing terminals, and a wireless access device connected to the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspects for a terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, to cause the computer to perform the management method of the virtual machine according to any one of the above first aspects.
  • the names of the foregoing terminals or wireless access devices are not limited to the devices themselves, and in actual implementation, these devices may appear under other names. As long as the functions of the respective devices are similar to the present invention, they are within the scope of the claims and the equivalents thereof.
  • Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the terminal generates a transport block at the MAC layer, where the transport block includes data on one of the at least two RLC entities, and the at least two RLC entities map a first PDCP entity;
  • the terminal sends the information carried by the transport block to the wireless access device by using a physical layer of the terminal.
  • the data of the RLC entity other than the RLC entity of the at least two RLC entities is not included in the transport block.
  • the transport block further includes data on one RLC entity, and the one RLC entity maps the second PDCP entity.
  • the first PDCP entity is different from the second PDCP entity.
  • the embodiment further includes: the terminal, the amount of data to be transmitted, the current amount of data to be transmitted on all PDCP entities of the first group of PDCP entities, and all the RLC entities corresponding to all PDCP entities on the first group of PDCP entities.
  • the amount of data to be transmitted, and the amount of data to be transmitted on each PDCP entity of the second group of all PDCPs*, the number of copies of each PDCP, and the second group of at least two RLC entities corresponding to each PDCP entity The amount of data to be transmitted on each RLC entity.
  • the first group of PDCP entities is a first PDCP entity
  • the second group of PDCP entities is a second PDCP entity
  • the first PDCP entity does not replicate data packets at the RLC layer (or only generates one RLC data packet)
  • second The PDCP entity replicates at least two data packets at the RLC layer, and each data packet is carried on an RLC entity, and the data volume to be transmitted is the current data volume to be transmitted by the first PDCP entity and one RLC to which the first PDCP entity is mapped.
  • the embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal, whether the useful data on all the RLC entities mapped to the same MAC entity in the RLC layer is sent, where the useful data is a block that can be placed in the MAC entity to be transported. The data in . If the useful data is not sent on all the RLC entities and the BSR has not been sent yet, the terminal maintains the trigger state of the BSR. If all are sent, the trigger status of the BSR is canceled. If the useful data is not sent on all the RLC entities and the BSR has been sent to the wireless access device, the terminal cancels the trigger state of the BSR.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a second schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of interaction of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 3 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram 4 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 5 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 6 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram 7 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8B is a schematic diagram 8 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8C is a schematic diagram 9 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and are not to be construed as indicating or implying a relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated. Thus, features defining “first” and “second” may include one or more of the features either explicitly or implicitly. In the description of the present invention, "a plurality” means two or more unless otherwise stated.
  • the terminal can also be a UE (User Equipment), which can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a UMPC (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer), a netbook, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), and a personal digital assistant.
  • UE User Equipment
  • UMPC Ultra-mobile Personal Computer
  • netbook a netbook
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the wireless access device may be an access point (AP), a base station (for example, a macro base station, a micro base station, a repeater, etc.), and is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • AP access point
  • base station for example, a macro base station, a micro base station, a repeater, etc.
  • the transmission time unit refers to a time granularity used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, and specifically may be a transmission time unit, a slot, a minislot, an aggregation slot, or an aggregation microslot, etc., to transmit a time unit.
  • the time length of a transmission time unit is generally 1 ms.
  • the time of one transmission time unit is The length may be set by the base station, and the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, which can be applied to a data transmission process between a terminal and a wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device is required to first allocate a dedicated resource dedicated to the terminal when the terminal transmits data, and further, the terminal uses the wireless connection.
  • the dedicated resource allocated to the device sends the data to be transmitted to the wireless access device. If the data transmission cannot be correctly received by the wireless access device, the terminal further needs to repeatedly send the data to the wireless access device until the data is received. Until the wireless access device receives it correctly.
  • the wireless access device needs to spend at least 4 ms delay when allocating dedicated resources for the terminal, and the terminal needs to send the foregoing data to the wireless access device for the first time and the second time the terminal sends the data to the wireless access device. It takes at least 8ms of delay, which is far from meeting the latency requirements of URLLC data.
  • the wireless access device may also allocate one or more shared resources to multiple terminals in advance, and then, when a terminal needs to send the URLLC data, the shared resource may be directly used.
  • the URLLC data is sent.
  • multiple terminals may simultaneously preempt the same shared resource to send different data.
  • the wireless access device may not be able to receive the data.
  • the URLLC data is correctly decoded, so that the transmitted data cannot be correctly received by the wireless access device, that is, the transmission efficiency of the URLLC data is reduced.
  • the terminal when a terminal has a shared resource, the terminal usually does not know whether the shared resource is used by other terminals.
  • the shared resource is pre-assigned to at least one terminal by the wireless access device, and the shared resource does not need to be wirelessly accessed. Dynamic scheduling of devices.
  • the terminal that uses the shared resource does not know whether the resource is used by other terminals, and thus there may be a situation in which a plurality of terminals preempt the shared resource to cause the above conflict.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method.
  • a terminal needs to transmit URLLC data to a wireless access device (URLLC data may be composed of one or more transport blocks)
  • the first transport block is transmitted as an example.
  • the terminal may first send X (X>0) times to the first access block to the wireless access device by using the pre-configured shared resource, and if the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, The terminal has not received the response response sent by the wireless access device after receiving the first transport block correctly.
  • the terminal may use the target resource (the target resource includes the dedicated resource) to resend Y to the wireless access device (Y ⁇ 0) The first transport block until the wireless access device correctly receives the first transport block.
  • the first transport block may be sent by using the shared resource shared by the other terminal, thereby reducing the terminal to wait for the wireless access device to allocate dedicated resources.
  • Delay and when the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, since the dedicated resource is a resource allocated by the wireless access device specifically for the terminal, the terminal does not generate resources with other terminals when using the dedicated resource. The conflict, therefore, the terminal can transmit the foregoing first transport block by using the target resource including the dedicated resource, thereby improving the probability that the first transport block is correctly received by the wireless access device, that is, improving the transmission efficiency of the first transport block.
  • the foregoing target resource may further include a shared resource, that is, after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, the terminal further transmits the first transport block by using the dedicated resource.
  • the above first transport block may continue to be transmitted using the above shared resource, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the first transport block.
  • the above terminal can be implemented in the manner of the computer device (or system) in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a computer device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Computer device 500 includes at least one processor 501, a communication bus 502, a memory 503, and at least one communication interface 504.
  • Processor 501 can be a general purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present invention.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication bus 502 can include a path for communicating information between the components described above.
  • the communication interface 504 uses devices such as any transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, Radio Access Network (RAN), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), and the like.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • the memory 503 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • the dynamic storage device can also be an Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), a Compact Disc Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently and be connected to the processor via a bus.
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 503 is used to store application code for executing the solution of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 501 for execution.
  • the processor 501 is configured to execute application code stored in the memory 503.
  • the processor 501 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
  • computer device 500 can include multiple processors, such as processor 501 and processor 508 in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single-CPU processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • computer device 500 may also include an output device 505 and an input device 506 as an embodiment.
  • Output device 505 is in communication with processor 501 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 505 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait.
  • Input device 506 is in communication with processor 501 and can accept user input in a variety of ways.
  • the computer device 500 described above can be a general purpose computer device or a special purpose computer device.
  • the computer device 500 can be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet, a wireless terminal device, a communication device, an embedded device, or have FIG. A device of similar structure.
  • Embodiments of the invention do not limit the type of computer device 500.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal sends a resource allocation request to the wireless access device, where the resource allocation request is used to request the wireless access device to allocate, to the terminal, a dedicated resource used for transmitting the first transport block.
  • the terminal may divide the data to be sent into one or more transport blocks (TB) according to the preset transport block size, when the terminal determines When the transport block to be sent is the URLLC data, the resource allocation request may be sent to the radio access device, and the radio access device allocates the dedicated resource to the terminal after receiving the resource allocation request, for example, the dedicated resource is located in the fifth transmission time unit.
  • the dedicated resource is specifically allocated for the terminal by the wireless access device, and therefore, the dedicated resource does not conflict with resources used when other terminals transmit data.
  • the terminal may keep the resource request suspended state, that is, the resource allocation request is sent to the wireless access device when the resource is available until the terminal acquires the dedicated resource; or the terminal may keep the resource request pending Status until the terminal successfully transmits the first transport block to the wireless access device.
  • the terminal Before acquiring the dedicated resource, the terminal sends the X (X>0)th first transport block to the wireless access device by using the shared resource.
  • the shared resource is a resource allocated by the wireless access device to at least one terminal (including the terminal). For example, the wireless access device allocates the shared resource 1 to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3 in the cell 1. Then, the terminal 1 Any one of the terminals 3 can use the shared resource 1 to interact with the wireless access device when data needs to be transmitted.
  • the foregoing shared resources may be distributed on one or more transmission time units.
  • the terminal may first use The shared resource sends X (X>0) times to the first access block to the wireless access device.
  • shared resources are allocated on the transmission time unit 1-4 and the transmission time unit 7, but the shared resources allocated by the wireless access device on each transmission time unit are The size of the shared resource is different, for example, the size of the shared resource on the transmission time unit 1, the transmission time unit 3, and the transmission time unit 7 is 30 Bytes (bytes), and the shared resources on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 4 The size is 50Bytes.
  • the terminal may select, according to the size of the first transport block, a transmission time unit whose shared resource is greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block, for example, on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 4, to the wireless access device. Send the first transport block.
  • the one transmission time unit may be specifically referred to as a TTI (Transmission Time Interval).
  • TTI Transmission Time Interval
  • the terminal may determine, according to the size of the first transport block, whether the size of the shared resource 1 or the shared resource 2 on the current TTI is greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block.
  • the terminal may randomly select one of the shared resources to transmit the first transport block; if only one shared resource satisfies the condition (shared resource 1 and Only one of the shared resources 2 is greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block. For example, if the shared resource 2 is used, the terminal may use the shared resource 2 to transmit the first transport block; if the two shared resources do not satisfy the condition, the terminal may continue. Wait until the shared resource that meets the conditions arrives.
  • a shared resource of a certain size for example, 50 Bytes, may be configured in the TTI.
  • the shared resources of 30Bytes in these 50Bytes have higher priority.
  • the terminal when the terminal needs to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, first determine whether the higher priority 30 Bytes can meet the transmission requirement.
  • the terminal may use the foregoing.
  • the 50 Bytes shared resource transmits the first transport block.
  • the terminal may continue to wait until the shared resource that meets the condition arrives.
  • the size of the shared resource configured in the TTI in the time-frequency space is constant, but when the terminal uses different modulation codes
  • MCS modulation codes
  • the size of data that it can carry is different.
  • the shared resource can carry 50 Bytes of data
  • the terminal uses MCS 2 to transport the transport block the shared resource can carry 30 Bytes of data.
  • the appropriate MCS may be selected to be transmitted on the shared resource according to the size of the first transport block.
  • the wireless access device may allocate multiple shared resources in the transmission time unit, for example, the shared resource 1 in FIG. And share resources 2. Then, when the terminal sends the first transport block on the transmission time unit, one of the plurality of shared resources may be selected to send the first transport block.
  • the terminal may select the shared resource with the earliest starting position of the resource, that is, the shared resource 2, so that the terminal can use the shared resource 2 to transmit the first transport block as soon as possible; or the terminal can also select the shared resource with the earliest end of the resource, that is, sharing. Resource 1, so that the terminal can send the first transport block as soon as possible; or, the terminal can select the most reliable shared resource to transmit the first transport block according to the reliability of the multiple shared resources, so as to improve the reliability of the transmission process.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the shared resource has higher reliability, otherwise, the reliability is lower; if a shared resource is located in the license spectrum, the sharing is The reliability of resources is high, otherwise, its reliability is low.
  • the wireless access device can simultaneously configure the priority of each shared resource when configuring each shared resource for the terminal.
  • the configuration of the priority of each shared resource can be different for different terminals. For example, in FIG. 6, the priority of the shared resource 1 is higher than the priority of the shared resource 2, then, when the terminal transmits data, the terminal can select the shared resource with the highest priority to transmit data. Optionally, if the shared resource with the highest priority cannot transmit data, the terminal selects the shared resource with the second highest priority. In this way, the URLLC data to be sent by multiple terminals can be evenly distributed to each shared resource, thereby reducing the probability of resource conflict between terminals.
  • the terminal selects the shared resource 1 to transmit the first transport block, then the resources in the remaining shared resource 1 and the shared resource 2 (referred to as remaining resources in the embodiment of the present invention) are available.
  • the data is transmitted, or what data is transmitted by the user, which may be specified by the protocol or indicated by the wireless access device through RRC signaling or other layer signaling (eg, physical layer signaling or MAC layer signaling).
  • the protocol specifies or the wireless access device sets the remaining resources described above, it can be used to transmit the remaining data in the terminal cache (eg, URLLC data and/or MBB data). Then, the terminal can use the remaining resources to transmit MBB data; of course, if the terminal uses the shared resource 1 to transmit data, if the resources in the shared resource 1 are insufficient, the remaining resources are preferentially used to transmit the data.
  • the wireless access device sets the above remaining resources only for transmitting the remaining URLLC data in the terminal buffer. Then, the terminal can use the remaining resources to transmit URLLC data, but cannot transmit MBB data.
  • the terminal has data to be transmitted, it needs to wait until the next available resource (for example, a shared resource or a scheduling resource) arrives. Retransmitted.
  • next available resource for example, a shared resource or a scheduling resource
  • URLLC data high priority
  • MBB data compared to URLLC data, MBB data have lower priority
  • the bearer with higher priority is processed according to the foregoing URLLC data
  • the bearer with lower priority is processed according to the foregoing MBB data.
  • a preset time period may also be set. Then, as shown in FIG. 7, the terminal may use the shared resource in the preset time period. Sending the first transport block X times to the wireless access device one by one, and after exceeding the preset time period, the terminal may clear the relevant cache of the first transport block, and stop using the shared resource to send the first to the wireless access device.
  • a transport block Sending the first transport block X times to the wireless access device one by one, and after exceeding the preset time period, the terminal may clear the relevant cache of the first transport block, and stop using the shared resource to send the first to the wireless access device.
  • the terminal allocates a dedicated resource for transmitting the first transport block.
  • the terminal may use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block only within the preset time period, and once the preset time period is exceeded, the first transport block is not used to transmit the first transport block. Instead, it waits to transmit the first transport block for its assigned dedicated resource using the wireless access device.
  • the terminal may start a timer (Discard Timer), send a resource allocation request to the wireless access device during the time period of the timer, and send the wireless access through the shared resource.
  • the device sends the first transport block.
  • the terminal does not send a resource allocation request to the wireless access device, and does not send the first transport block to the wireless access device through the shared resource, but waits for the use.
  • the wireless access device transmits the first transport block for its assigned dedicated resource.
  • the specific timing of the timer may be set by the symbol length of a certain numerology, with a Ts granularity, or by a new time unit introduced in the NR, which may be smaller than the TTI of the URLLC data. .
  • the preset time period may be pre-defined in the protocol; or the wireless access device may send the terminal to the terminal by using a dedicated signaling; or the wireless access device may notify the terminal by using a broadcast message; or The access device may also carry multiple preset time periods of different lengths in the broadcast message, so that each terminal may be from the multiple preset time periods according to the service type or priority of the transport block it transmits.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on the preset time period used by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the timing relationship between the foregoing step 101 and the step 102 is not limited, and the terminal may perform step 101 first and then perform step 102; or step 102 may be performed first, and then step 101 may be performed; Steps 101 and 102 are performed at the same time, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the terminal receives the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to instruct the terminal to transmit the dedicated resource used by the first transport block.
  • the terminal allocates resource allocation information to the terminal, where the resource allocation information may specifically include location information and modulation of the dedicated resource.
  • a parameter such as a parameter, such that after receiving the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, the terminal may determine, according to the resource allocation information, which one or which transmission time units are distributed, as shown in FIG. 5A, The dedicated resources are distributed in the transmission time unit 6 and the transmission time unit 8, and subsequently, the terminal can transmit the first transmission block using the corresponding dedicated resources in the transmission time unit 6 and the transmission time unit 8.
  • the dedicated resource configured by the wireless access device for the terminal may only allow the terminal to send the first transport block once, or may allow the terminal to send the first transport block multiple times.
  • the location of the dedicated resource used by the terminal to transmit the first transport block is located in different transmission time units, and the wireless access device may allocate the transmission time unit of the dedicated resource.
  • the information is carried in the resource allocation information to notify the terminal, for example, the dedicated resource is located in the transmission time unit 3 and the transmission time unit 4. Subsequently, the terminal directly transmits the first transport block to the wireless access device twice using the dedicated resources in the transmission time unit 3 and the transmission time unit 4.
  • the preset sending policy may be configured in the terminal in advance.
  • the sending policy may be: sending the first transport block separately in consecutive 4 transmission time units.
  • the first transmission block or the like is transmitted three times at intervals of one transmission time unit.
  • the resource allocation information includes a transmission time unit in which the terminal transmits the first transmission block for the first time on the dedicated resource. The information may be subsequently determined by the terminal according to the resource allocation information and the sending policy to determine a specific resource location of the first transport block.
  • the terminal does not perform step 101, that is, the resource allocation request is not sent to the wireless access device, but if the wireless access device determines the terminal needs according to the first transport block sent by the terminal to the wireless access device by using the shared resource. Sending data to the wireless access device, or the wireless access device can determine that the terminal needs to send data to the wireless access device by using other means. In this case, the wireless access device can also be triggered to allocate dedicated resources to the terminal and allocate resources through the resource. The information indicates the assigned dedicated resources to the terminal.
  • the terminal sends the first transmission block Y (Y ⁇ 0) times to the wireless access device by using the target resource, where the target resource includes the dedicated resource.
  • the target resource may also include a shared resource.
  • the first transport block may be continuously sent by using only the dedicated resource, and the first transport block may be sent by using the dedicated resource and the shared resource at the same time.
  • the embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the terminal when the terminal transmits the first transmission block Y times to the wireless access device using the target resource, for example, when the terminal transmits the first transport block on the transmission time unit 6 using the target resource in the transmission time unit 6, if the transmission time unit 6 includes both the dedicated resource and the shared resource. Therefore, since the dedicated resource does not conflict with the resource used by other terminals, the terminal can preferentially use the dedicated resource in the transmission time unit 6 to send the first transport block. .
  • the wireless access device may send a response response of the first transport block to the terminal, then, After receiving the response response of the first transport block, the terminal may stop transmitting the first transport block to the wireless access device.
  • the terminal may also clear the first transport block in the cache.
  • a timer may be set in the terminal, and the time set by the timer is a delay indicator for transmitting the first transport block. Then, when the terminal sends the first transport block for the first time, the terminal may be triggered to start the timing. When the timer expires, it indicates that the time when the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds the preset delay indicator. At this time, regardless of whether the wireless access device successfully receives the first transport block, the terminal may Stop sending the first transport block to the wireless access device. Optionally, the terminal may also clear the first transport block in the cache.
  • the terminal may calculate the number of transmissions N (N>0) required to transmit the first transport block according to the probability of success of each transmission process. For example, if the reliability requirement of the URLLC data in the transmission process is 99.999%, and the probability of success of each transmission process is 90%, then when the terminal transmits the first transmission block twice, the success probability of 99% can be achieved. When the terminal transmits the first transport block three times, the success probability of 99.9% can be achieved. When the terminal transmits the first transport block five times, the success probability of 99.999% can be achieved, that is, the reliability requirement of 99.999% is satisfied.
  • the first transport block may be stopped from being sent to the wireless access device.
  • the terminal may also Empty the first transport block in the cache.
  • the probability of success of each transmission process may be different, assuming the probability of success p1 of the first transmission process, the probability of success of the second transmission process p2, ..., the probability of success of the Nth transmission process pN, then, According to the formula: (1-p1)(1-p2)...(1-pN) ⁇ preset failure probability, the specific value of N can be determined, that is, the number of transmissions required when transmitting the first transport block.
  • the terminal may stop transmitting the above to the wireless access device.
  • the terminal may report the calculated number of transmissions N to the wireless access device.
  • the terminal may determine the number of transmissions by using the foregoing method, but is not limited to determining the number of transmissions by using the foregoing method.
  • Other methods may further include the number of transmissions of the application layer configuration of the terminal, where the application layer of the terminal may be operated by the user of the terminal.
  • the terminal may report the number of transmissions to the wireless access device through various layers, such as an RRC message, a MAC layer message, an RLC layer message, a PDCP layer message, a SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol) layer message, and a physical layer message. In this way, after receiving the first transmission block N times, the wireless access device can no longer monitor whether the terminal transmits the first transmission block, thereby saving the overhead of the wireless access device.
  • the terminal transmits the first transport block.
  • the terminal may need to transmit multiple transport blocks.
  • the terminal transmits the first transport block using the shared resource in the transmission time unit 1.
  • the terminal acquires the transmission request of the second transport block in the transmission time unit 2
  • the terminal can continue to use the transmission time unit 2
  • the shared resource within the first transmission block transmits the second transport block instead of using the shared resource in the transmission time unit 2, so that the transmission delay of the first transport block that has started to transmit is not due to the second transport block. Increased by transmission.
  • the terminal after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource configured by the wireless access device, if the new transport block is obtained, for example, the transmission request of the second transport block, the terminal may also be in the dedicated The size of the transport block that can be transmitted on the resource and the size of the transport block previously transmitted on the shared resource determine whether to transmit the second transport block.
  • the terminal may transmit a part of the dedicated resource on the dedicated resource in addition to the original first transport block.
  • the second transport block In this case, the terminal can transmit two transport blocks on a dedicated resource or only one transport block. Then, after the wireless access device receives the data on the dedicated resource, the RLC layer of the wireless access device can determine that there is still a transport block that has not been transmitted. Therefore, the wireless access device can continue to configure a dedicated resource for the terminal. As shown in FIG.
  • the dedicated resource allocated by the TB is sufficient to accommodate the lower packet 1 and the packet 2, but the TB accommodates the segment A of the packet 1 and the packet 2
  • the segment B of packet 2 is not accommodated, and the remaining resources are filled with pad data (for example, a set of numbers of 0).
  • the dedicated resource allocated by the TB is sufficient to accommodate the lower packet 1 and the packet 2, and the TB accommodates the packet 1 and the packet 2, wherein the packet Segment A and Segment B of 2 are segmented into this TB.
  • the dedicated resource allocated by the TB is sufficient to accommodate the next packet 1 and the packet 2, and the segment A and the packet 2 of the packet 2 are combined into one packet 2 to be accommodated In this TB.
  • the terminal can transmit only one complete first transport block on the dedicated resource.
  • the wireless access device cannot know the transmission requirement of the second transport block, and then the second transport block can be transmitted through the shared resource according to the foregoing transmission method.
  • the terminal is allocated uplink transmission resources, and how to put the data into the TB (also known as Logical Channel Prioritization procedure) is regarded as retransmission and will not be transmitted in this retransmission.
  • the content of the MAC element is added to the block.
  • the terminal can only transmit a part of the first transport block on the dedicated resource, then the wireless connection
  • the ingress device may determine that there is still a transport block that has not been transmitted. Therefore, the radio access device may continue to configure a dedicated resource for the terminal, and then the second transport block may be the first The remaining segments in the transport block are transmitted together on dedicated resources configured by subsequent wireless access devices.
  • the shared resource (or dedicated resource) at the same time may be divided into an initial transmission area and a retransmission area, so that if there is a transmission that needs to be initially transmitted at the same time.
  • the block and the transport block to be retransmitted need to be transmitted, and the terminal can simultaneously transmit the transport block that needs to be retransmitted (for example, the first transport block described above) in the retransmission area, and transmit the transport block that needs to be initially transmitted in the initial transmission area (for example, the above Second transport block).
  • the division between the initial transmission area and the retransmission area may be configured to the terminal in a static or semi-static manner.
  • the radio access device informs the terminal of the specific location of the initial transmission area and the retransmission area through the high layer signaling/physical layer signaling when the terminal accesses.
  • the radio access device may adjust the size of the first-time transmission area and the re-transmission area according to the service type, and notify the terminal of the initial transmission area and the retransmission area by using high-layer signaling/physical layer signaling.
  • the position of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal can pass different HARQ processes and wireless access when transmitting different transport blocks.
  • the device interacts, and each transport block corresponds to a HARQ process, so that the radio access device can receive the transport block with the same HARQ process ID as the same transport block, for example, the first transport block, the subsequent, the wireless access device.
  • Data combining and decoding are performed on the transport blocks having the same HARQ process ID, so that the first transport block is correctly received.
  • the terminal when the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource, the terminal may randomly determine a HARQ process ID, or the terminal may determine one according to the location of the transmission time unit where the shared resource is located. The HARQ process ID is then used to send the first transport block on the shared resource using the HARQ process ID.
  • the correspondence between the different subframes and the HARQ process ID may be set in advance. Then, after the terminal determines the subframe in which the shared resource of the first transport block is last transmitted, the terminal may determine the corresponding relationship according to the foregoing correspondence.
  • the HARQ process ID used for the last transmission and this transmission is the same.
  • the resource allocation information received by the terminal from the radio access device may carry the HARQ process ID. If the HARQ process ID is the same as the HARQ process ID used by the terminal to send the first transport block on the shared resource, The terminal may continue to transmit the first transport block on the dedicated resource using the HARQ process ID. If the HARQ process ID is different from the HARQ process ID used by the terminal to send the first transport block on the shared resource, for example, the HARQ process ID carried in the resource allocation information is 2, and the terminal sends the first transport block on the shared resource. The HARQ process ID is 3. At this time, the terminal can copy the content corresponding to the No. 3 HARQ process into the HARQ process No. 2, and then send the first transport block on the dedicated resource by using the No. 2 HARQ process.
  • the terminal may still send the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block on the shared resource.
  • the first indication information may be inserted in the first transport block to be sent, where the first indication information includes the current terminal transmission.
  • the HARQ process ID and NDI used by a transport block.
  • the HARQ process ID is used to indicate which one of the HARQ processes used by the terminal to transmit the first transport block
  • the NDI is used to indicate whether the first transport block transmitted by the terminal is new data or retransmitted data.
  • the MAC (Media Access Control) entity of the terminal may also determine whether the first transport block of the current transmission is new data or retransmitted data. And transmitting, by using the HARQ process ID, the first transport block, and then the MAC entity of the terminal sends the information to the physical layer of the terminal. As shown in FIG. 9, the physical layer entity maps the first transport block to the corresponding shared resource. After the physical resources, some resource locations are selected for puncturing, and the HARQ process ID and NDI are inserted at the punched positions, that is, the first indication information is inserted.
  • the wireless access device may determine whether the first transport block is new data or retransmit data according to the first indication information inserted at the punching hole, and if the data is retransmitted, Sending to the HARQ process corresponding to the HARQ process ID for data merging. If it is new data, the first transport block may be buffered into a cache corresponding to the HARQ process ID, and waiting for data to be transmitted with the first transport block of the subsequent retransmission. merge.
  • the first indication information may further carry redundancy version information, where the redundancy version information is used to indicate a redundancy version used when restoring the punctured data.
  • the foregoing redundancy version information may be preset in the wireless access device. In this case, the first indication information does not need to carry the redundancy version information, and the wireless access device may directly receive the first indication information according to the foregoing. The above redundant version information is set to recover the punctured data.
  • the terminal may also notify the first indication information to the radio access device by using the uplink control signaling by using the uplink control channel, or notify the first indication information by using an implicit method such as a cyclic shift or a CRC mask of the DMRS.
  • an implicit method such as a cyclic shift or a CRC mask of the DMRS.
  • the same terminal may allocate different shared resources in different cells.
  • the terminal 1 belongs to the cell 1 and the cell 2 at the same time.
  • the access device serves the cell 1 and the cell 2 at the same time.
  • the radio access device allocates the shared resource 1 to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3 in the cell 1, and allocates the shared resource 2 to the terminal 1 and the terminal 4 in the cell 2.
  • the terminal 1 has two shared resources, that is, the shared resource 1 corresponding to the cell 1, and the shared resource 2 corresponding to the cell 2.
  • the first transmission block is still taken as an example.
  • the terminal uses the shared resource 1 corresponding to the cell 1 to transmit the first transmission block for the first time, if the terminal does not share resources in the cell 1 in a short time. Or, the terminal does not obtain the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device. At this time, the terminal may repeatedly send the first transport block by using the shared resource 2 corresponding to the cell 2.
  • the first indication information further carries the cell identifier to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block last time. As shown in FIG. 10, the first indication information also carries the identifier of the cell 1, that is, the wireless access device is notified that the last time the terminal transmits the first transport block, the shared resource corresponding to the cell 1 is used.
  • the radio access device may receive the first transport block received by the shared resource 2 corresponding to the cell 2 and the first received by the shared resource 1 corresponding to the cell 1.
  • the transport block performs data merging.
  • the terminal may be configured with a dedicated cell identifier of the corresponding cell, for example, the terminal 1 corresponds to the cell 1 and the cell 2, and then, for the terminal 1, the dedicated cell identifier of the cell 1 may be configured as 0, and the cell The exclusive cell ID of 2 is 1.
  • the identifier of the cell in the first indication information may be replaced by the above-mentioned dedicated cell identifier. Therefore, since the length of the dedicated cell identifier is much smaller than the length of the identifier of the cell, the air interface resource in the transmission process of the transport block may be further saved.
  • the terminal may set a set of HARQ processes dedicated to transmitting data on the shared resource, and use the HARQ process to transmit data on the shared resource regardless of the cell. Then, in the application scenario shown in FIG. 10, since the terminal uses the same set of HARQ processes when transmitting the first transport block in the cell 1 and the cell 2, the first indication information sent by the terminal does not need to carry the cell 1 The identifier of the HARQ process ID used when the first transport block is sent by the cell 1 needs to be carried.
  • the terminal instructs the wireless access device to indicate the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block for each transmission.
  • the wireless access device may allocate the resource information to the terminal.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal repeatedly transmits the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth (K ⁇ 0) transmission time unit, and the Kth transmission time unit is located in the receiving resource allocation information. A transmission time unit before the transmission time unit.
  • the terminal may use the HARQ process used when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device according to the carried second indication information.
  • the ID transmits the first transport block. That is, the wireless access device may implicitly instruct the terminal to send the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block by using the second indication information.
  • the terminal transmits the first transmission block three times using the shared resource, and when the terminal receives the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, the resource is used.
  • the allocation information includes, in addition to related information such as a location of the dedicated resource allocated for the terminal, second indication information, for example, the second indication information is: retransmitting data in the W-3 transmission time unit.
  • the Kth transmission time unit is the W-3 transmission time unit, that is, the radio access device instructs the terminal to retransmit the transmission time unit that currently receives the resource allocation information (ie, the transmission time unit 3).
  • 3 transmission time units are forwardly shifted, that is, data transmitted in transmission time unit 0.
  • the terminal may send the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block in the transmission time unit 0 on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device.
  • the Kth transmission time unit may be determined based on the transmission time unit in which the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device is located, that is, the transmission time unit 5 in FIG. 11, and at this time, as shown in FIG.
  • the K transmission time unit that is, the W-3 transmission time unit, refers to: shifting three transmission time units, that is, transmission time unit 2, forward by using the transmission time unit 5 where the dedicated resource is located.
  • the radio access device allocates the dedicated resource for the terminal, and has already parsed the HARQ process ID used by the terminal to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, the HARQ process can be directly carried in the second indication information.
  • the ID is sufficient, and the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the wireless access device may determine, according to the subframe in which the terminal is located, the terminal uses The HARQ process ID, for example, the HARQ process ID is 3. Then, the wireless access device may directly indicate, in the second indication information, that the terminal transmits the first transport block on the dedicated resource by using the HARQ process with the HARQ process ID of 3.
  • the wireless access device may also send an ACK/NACK through the PHICH channel to inform the terminal whether to correctly receive the transport block received on the shared resource. If correctly received, the wireless access device sends an ACK to the terminal, otherwise it sends a NACK to the terminal. Then, if the terminal receives the NACK, the subframe may be pushed back by a certain number of subframes according to the subframe number of the NACK, and the first transport block may be retransmitted.
  • a fixed time interval for example 30 ms, may be pre-configured by protocol agreement or RRC signaling. Then, the radio access device starts timing after receiving the first transport block transmitted by the terminal on the shared resource, and if the data in the first transport block cannot be correctly solved within 30 ms, the resource shown in FIG. 11 is sent to the terminal. The information is allocated so that the terminal forwards 30 ms to determine the HARQ process ID used to transmit the first transport block before 30 ms, and then retransmits the first HARQ process ID after receiving the resource allocation information for 30 ms. Transport block.
  • the second indication information may be: retransmitting the W-3 transmission time unit. Data on the sub-band of M. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal determines to retransmit the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID by determining the HARQ process ID used by the user to transmit data in the M sub-band of the W-3 transmission time unit. .
  • the radio access device when the radio access device allocates a shared resource to the terminal in different cells, as shown in FIG. 12, the shared resource corresponding to the cell 1 is set on the transmission time unit 0, and the terminal is first on the transmission time unit 0. Transmitting the first transport block, if the radio access device determines that there is no dedicated resource available in the cell 1, and there is a dedicated resource available in the cell 2 (ie, a dedicated resource on the transmission time unit 5), then the radio access device may The terminal allocates a dedicated resource in the cell 2, and the second indication information carried in the resource allocation information further includes: a cell identifier to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit.
  • the second indication information may be: retransmitting data in the W-5 transmission time unit in the cell 1, where the W-5 transmission time unit refers to: using the transmission time unit 5 where the dedicated resource is located as a reference. Forward 5 transmission time units, that is, transmission time unit 0.
  • the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal is located in the cell 2, and the data that the wireless access device needs to retransmit the terminal is the first transmission that is transmitted on the W-5 transmission time unit in the cell 1. Piece.
  • the corresponding relationship may be a correspondence between a subframe of a cell and a group of HARQ process IDs of the terminal, or may be a correspondence between a subframe of the multiple cells and a group of HARQ process IDs of the terminal.
  • the radio access device can determine the HARQ process ID used by the terminal according to the subframe in which the terminal is located, for example, the HARQ process ID is 3.
  • the wireless access device may directly indicate, in the second indication information, that the terminal transmits the first transport block on the dedicated resource of the cell 2 by using the HARQ process with the HARQ process ID of 3.
  • a fixed time interval for example 30 ms, may be pre-configured by protocol agreement or RRC signaling. Then, the radio access device starts timing after receiving the first transport block transmitted by the terminal on the shared resource, and if the data in the first transport block cannot be correctly solved within 30 ms, the resource shown in FIG. 12 is sent to the terminal.
  • the information is allocated such that the terminal forwards 30 ms to determine the HARQ process ID used to transmit the first transport block before 30 ms, and then uses the same HARQ process ID in cell 2 after receiving the resource allocation information for 30 ms. Pass the first transport block.
  • the second indication information may be: re-transmitted in the cell 1 in the W-5.
  • the data in the sub-band of M is transmitted in the time unit.
  • the transmission time unit may be one or more lengths of TTI transmitted by the terminal in the cell 1, or may be one or more lengths of TTIs of the terminal's transmission in the cell 2, or may be the terminal in the cell 1 and The common divisor of multiple length TTIs transmitted in cell 2.
  • the terminal determines the HARQ process ID used by the user to transmit data on the M sub-band of the W-5 transmission time unit, and determines to continue to use the HARQ process ID in the cell 2 retransmission.
  • a transport block A transport block.
  • the radio access device needs to receive the first transport block received through the dedicated resource corresponding to the cell 2, and receive the shared resource corresponding to the cell 1
  • the first transport block to be merged that is, data merge across cells is performed.
  • the wireless access device when the terminal uses the shared resource or the dedicated resource in different cells to send the first transport block to the wireless access device, the wireless access device may also only receive the same in the same cell.
  • the first transport block performs data merging, which can avoid performing complicated data merging across cells, and reduces the complexity of data merging.
  • the shared resources on the transmission time unit 0 and the transmission time unit 1 are allocated by the wireless access device for the terminal in the cell 1, and the shared resources on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 3 are wireless access.
  • the device is allocated for the terminal in cell 2.
  • the terminal uses the No. 3 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 to send the first transport block to the radio access device on the transmission time unit 0 and the transmission time unit 1, respectively, and subsequently, the terminal uses the No. 5 HARQ process ID in the cell 2 respectively.
  • the first transport block is transmitted to the wireless access device on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 3.
  • the wireless access device performs data combining by using the two first transport blocks received by the cell 1, and performs data combining by the two first transport blocks received by the cell 2.
  • the terminal receives the response response of the first transport block sent by the radio access device through the cell 2, because the terminal knows to use the No. 3 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 and the No. 5 HARQ process ID in the cell 2
  • a transport block is the same transport block, and therefore, the terminal stops transmitting the first transport block using the No. 3 HARQ process ID in the cell 1. In this way, when data merging across cells is not performed, the terminal can also transmit the same transport block through resources in multiple cells.
  • the terminal transmits the first transport block to the wireless access device as an example. Then, when the wireless access device needs to send the URLLC data to the terminal, for example, the third transport block, the wireless access device may The third transport block is sent to the terminal by using the same HARQ process ID through resources in different cells.
  • the radio access device transmits a third transport block to the terminal on the transmission time unit 1 by using the No. 1 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 through the resource in the cell 1, if the cell 1 after the transmission time unit 1 There is no available resource, and there is available resource in the cell 2 in the transmission time unit 3, then the radio access device can continue to send the terminal to the terminal by using the resource in the cell 2 and still using the HARQ process ID in the cell 1.
  • the third transport block at this time, the radio access device may send the third indication information to the terminal by using the downlink control channel in the cell 2, where the third indication information is used to indicate the third transport block of the current transmission and the last time in the cell.
  • the third transport block transmitted on the transmission time unit 1 in 1 is the same.
  • the third indication information includes the transmission resource of the third transport block (ie, the transmission time unit 3 of the cell 2 in FIG. 14), and may further include the identifier of the cell 1 and the HARQ process ID No. 1.
  • the terminal may pass the third transport block received by the resource in the cell 1 (ie, the third transport block sent by the radio access device in the transmission time unit 1)
  • the third transport block received by the resource in the cell 2 ie, the third transport block sent by the radio access device in the transmission time unit 3) performs data combining and parsing to correctly receive the third transport block.
  • the wireless access device may also send the third indication information to the terminal by using the downlink control channel in the cell 1.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation.
  • the wireless access device may also send the third transport block by using a different HARQ process ID through resources in different cells.
  • the radio access device is configured with a HARQ process ID of No. 1-8 in the cell 1, and a HARQ process ID of No. 1-8 in the cell 2. Then, the HARQ process ID of the cell 1 in the cell 1 is The HARQ process ID number 1 in cell 2 is different.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that one of the different HARQ process IDs used by the radio access device is an anchor HARQ process ID.
  • the terminal After receiving the third indication information, the terminal sends the third transport block received by another HARQ process ID to the HARQ process indicated by the anchor HARQ process ID, and the second transport block received by the HARQ process is performed twice. Data merge.
  • the radio access device transmits the third transport block to the terminal on the transmission time unit 1 by using the No. 1 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 through the resources in the cell 1, and subsequently, the radio access device passes through the cell.
  • the resource in 2 transmits the third transport block to the terminal on the transmission time unit 3 by using the HARQ process ID No. 1 in the cell 2, and the third time that the radio access device sends the terminal to the terminal through the downlink control channel in the cell 2
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the third transport block of the current transmission is the same as the third transport block that was last transmitted on the transmission time unit 1 using the No. 1 HARQ process ID in the cell 1.
  • the HARQ process No. 1 in the cell 1 is the anchor HARQ process.
  • the third indication information includes, in addition to the transmission resource for transmitting the third transport block (ie, the transmission time unit 3 of the cell 2), the identifier of the cell 1 and the HARQ process ID of the cell 1 in the cell 1, and the terminal according to the cell
  • the identifier of 1 and the HARQ process ID in cell 1 may determine that the HARQ process No. 1 in cell 1 is an anchor HARQ process.
  • the radio access device first transmits the third transport block in cell 1, and then transmits the third transport block in cell 2. In fact, these two transmission processes can be performed simultaneously. If the radio access device transmits the third transport block in the two cells at the same time, the third indication information may be transmitted on the downlink control channel of the two cells, and the third indication information corresponding to the two cells may be merged and passed through the cell. 1 or the downlink control channel of the cell 2 transmits the third indication information.
  • the radio access device transmits the third transport block once through the cell 1, and transmits the third transport block once through the cell 2.
  • the wireless access device may choose to transmit the third transport block one or more times through the cell 1, and transmit the third transport block one or more times through the cell 2. If the wireless access device determines that the third transmission block needs to be transmitted multiple times through the cell 1 or the cell 2, the wireless access device may transmit the third indication information multiple times, and each third transmission block corresponds to a third indication. For example, the wireless access device may also transmit the third indication information only once, that is, the multiple third transmission blocks correspond to the same third indication information.
  • the third indication information further includes a redundancy version start indication, where the terminal indicates: the multiple The redundancy version used by the first third transport block in the three transport blocks.
  • the terminal determines the redundancy version used by the first third transport block according to the redundancy version start indication, and further calculates a redundancy version used by the third transport block sent by the subsequent wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device since the wireless access device can uniformly schedule the current resources, the wireless access device does not use the same resource to send data to different terminals, and does not use the resources that each terminal is using to transmit data. Therefore, The radio access device transmits the resources used by the third transport block to the terminal (for example, the resources in the cell 1 in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 and the resources in the cell 2), and does not conflict with resources used by other terminals, so The wireless access device sends the resource used by the third transport block to the terminal without distinguishing between the shared resource and the dedicated resource.
  • a terminal and a base station can transmit data in a dual connectivity manner, that is, a transmission mode in which one terminal is simultaneously connected to one primary base station and one secondary base station.
  • each set of the protocol stack includes: a physical layer entity, a MAC entity, and an RLC (Radio Link Control) entity.
  • the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity can transmit the same data packet from the non-access stratum to the primary base station and the secondary base station through the two sets of protocol stacks.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the secondary base station has sent a response response of the data packet to the terminal, and the RLC entity corresponding to the secondary base station may send an indication to the RLC entity corresponding to the primary base station.
  • Information to indicate that the data packet has been successfully transmitted, and the RLC entity corresponding to the secondary base station may further send the indication information to the PDCP entity, so that the terminal stops transmitting the data packet to the primary base station, and does not need to wait for the primary base station to send.
  • the packet responds with a response, saving transmission resources.
  • the wireless access device may not be able to allocate dedicated resources to the terminal when transmitting the URLLC data. In this case, the wireless access device may preempt the dedicated resources that have been allocated for other terminals to send. URLLC data.
  • the wireless access device can punch a transport block that needs to be transmitted to the terminal 1, and insert URLLC data that needs to be transmitted to the terminal 2 at the punched position. Subsequently, the wireless access device replenishes the part of the data (that is, the supplemental data) that is punctured when the puncturing is performed to the terminal 1, or the wireless access device and the one or more corresponding to the transport block of the terminal 1
  • the redundant transmission sub-block is reissued to the terminal 1.
  • the radio access device may also send a first notification message to the terminal 1 through a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), where the first notification message is used to indicate that the transmission process is a retransmission process and is used.
  • the HARQ process ID is the same as the previous transmission process, and this transmission process does not count the number of HARQ transmissions.
  • the timer CB-Timer may be started, and the timer length of the timer CB-Timer may be controlled by the radio access device through RRC (Radio Resource Control).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the signaling is configured for terminal 1. Then, during the timing period of the timer CB-Timer, the terminal 1 monitors the PDCCH to acquire the first notification message.
  • the second notification message may be further sent to the terminal, where the second notification message is used to indicate: the transport block that is transmitted by the wireless access device last time. It is a block of data that has been punched. Then, after receiving the second notification message, the terminal 1 can start the timer CB-Timer. During the timing of the timer CB-Timer, the terminal 1 can monitor the PDCCH to obtain the notification of the first notification message or retransmit data. Message.
  • the wireless access device may punct the transport blocks of the plurality of terminals to transmit the data blocks of the terminal 2 described above. For example, the wireless access device puncts a certain data block of the terminal 1 and the terminal 3, respectively. At this time, the wireless access device may send the second notification message to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3, respectively, or may send the second notification message to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3 through the common transmission channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. .
  • the terminal 1 can be triggered to listen.
  • the PDCCH is configured to obtain the foregoing first notification message or a retransmission data notification message.
  • the wireless access device may pre-configure some resources and notify the terminals of the locations of these resources. If the subsequent wireless access device needs to punch the URLLC data, you can directly punch holes in these pre-configured resources.
  • the terminal 1 determines that the location of the resource occupied by the transport block of the transmission overlaps with the location of the pre-configured resource, the CB-Timer can be started, so that the terminal 1 can monitor during the timing of the CB-Timer.
  • the PDCCH is configured to obtain the foregoing first notification message.
  • the terminal 1 after receiving the above-mentioned supplementary data, the terminal 1 needs to send the feedback information, that is, the first feedback information and the second feedback information, to the wireless access device, where the first feedback information is used.
  • the wireless access device uses the resources of the other terminal (for example, the terminal 1) to send data to a terminal (for example, the terminal 2)
  • the other terminal may be triggered to monitor the PDCCH to acquire the supplementary data sent by the wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device sends URLLC data.
  • the terminal 1 receives the punctured data to the time T1 between the first feedback information sent by the terminal 1, and the terminal 1 receives the supplementary data to the terminal 1 to send the second feedback information.
  • the time T2 between the two times may be two independent values respectively configured by RRC dedicated signaling, or may be a relationship between T1 and T2. If any one of T1 and T2 is determined, it may be based on T1 and The relationship between T2 determines the other.
  • the value of T1 and T2 may be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a data transmission method, in order to enhance the transmission reliability of the URLLC data, when the same DRB can be transmitted in multiple cells, the same URLLC data packet can be copied into two, through two RLCs. Entity transfer.
  • the PDCP entity in the transmitting end may copy one URLLC data packet into at least two copies, and correspond to at least two RLC entities in the RLC layer.
  • data packet 1 and data packet 2 correspond to two RLC entities, namely, RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2, respectively, at the RLC layer.
  • the MAC entity of the sender considers that the RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2 are two different RLC entities, but it does not distinguish between two RLC entities corresponding to two services, or two RLC entities corresponding to the same service. .
  • the radio access device may divide the cell to which the radio access device belongs into two subsets, that is, the cell set 1 and the cell set 2, and the two subsets do not overlap each other. Then, for the data packet 1 sent by the RLC entity 1 to the MAC entity, the transmitting end can transmit to the receiving end through the cell in the cell set 1. For the data packet 2 sent by the RLC entity 2 to the MAC entity, the transmitting end may transmit to the receiving end through the cell in the cell set 2.
  • the same URLLC data packet must be transmitted through two different cells after being copied, thereby improving the time-frequency gain of the URLLC data packet during transmission, thereby improving the probability that the URLLC data packet is correctly received.
  • the PDCP entity can copy a URLLC packet into at least two copies.
  • the wireless communication system is configured with the same PDCP entity to copy the received URLLC data into at least two copies, and the PDCP entity copies all the received URLLC data.
  • the number of packet 1 in RLC entity 1 is 37
  • the number of packet 2 in RLC entity 2 is also 37.
  • the MAC entity transmits the 37th data packet to the receiving end through the cell 1C.
  • the MAC entity not only transmits a notification to the RLC entity 1 that "the number 37 packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C", but also transmits a notification to the RLC2 entity that "the number 37 packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C".
  • the RLC2 entity no longer sends the data packet No. 37 to the MAC entity for transmission.
  • the MAC entity may directly send the 37th data packet to the RLC2 entity, and then the RLC2 entity parses the 37th data packet to determine the data packet. It is the 37th data packet buffered by itself, thus determining that the data packet No. 37 has been transmitted through the cell 1C.
  • the wireless communication system is configured to copy the received URLLC data into at least two copies by the same PDCP entity, and the PDCP entity may copy all the received URLLC data into at least two copies according to the configuration. It is also possible not to perform replication. In this scenario, the number of the same data packet at the RLC layer may be inconsistent. As shown in FIG. 21, there is also an overlap between the above cell set 1 and the cell set 2. The difference is that after the PDCP entity copies a URLLC packet into two, one of the numbers in the RLC entity 1 may be 37, and the other number in the RLC entity 2 may be other than 37. The number, for example, is numbered 68.
  • the MAC entity transmits the 37th data packet to the receiving end through the cell 1C. Further, the MAC entity directly sends the data packet No. 37 to the RLC2 entity, and the RLC2 entity parses the data packet of the 37th to determine that the data packet is the 68th data packet that is cached by itself, thereby determining the 68th data in the RLC2 entity. The packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C. The MAC entity selects other cells than the 1C to transmit the 68th packet.
  • the RLC2 entity does not need to send the 68th data packet to the MAC entity for transmission.
  • one of the numbers in the RLC entity 1 may be 37, and the other number in the RLC entity 2 may be a number other than 37.
  • the number is 68.
  • the RLC entity in order to speed up the packet speed of the MAC entity, the RLC entity will process a part of the data packet and send it to the MAC entity in advance, and the MAC entity temporarily buffers the data packet, so that when the MAC entity obtains the output resource, it can directly Transfer these packets.
  • the MAC entity sends the data packet No. 37 to the RLC entity 2, and the RLC entity 2 It can be identified that the No. 37 data packet is numbered 68 in the RLC entity 2, so that the indication message is sent to inform the MAC entity that the 68th data packet in the RLC entity 2 has been transmitted through the cell 1C.
  • the MAC entity since the MAC entity has learned that the 68th packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C, the MAC entity does not need to transmit the 68th packet through the cell 1C.
  • the MAC entity may select a larger amount of buffered data.
  • the data packets are acquired for transmission to avoid the same data packets being transmitted through the same cell.
  • the terminal transmitting end
  • the terminal can maintain two or more sets of RLC entities, for example, PDCP entity B and RLC entity 3 in FIG. 23, and PDCP entity B does not.
  • the packet will be copied as multiple copies.
  • the transmitting end determines a target RLC entity, for example, the RLC entity 1
  • the target data in the logical channel corresponding to the RLC entity 1 can be transmitted, if the currently available resources are insufficient to transmit the target data.
  • the terminal may trigger a BSR (Buffer Status Report) to inform the wireless access device that more resources are needed to transmit the remaining target data.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • the terminal may cancel the trigger to send the BSR. If the data in the cache still has data that has not been transmitted, the terminal does not cancel the BSR that has been triggered.
  • the terminal may determine whether the useful data on all the RLC entities in the RLC layer is sent, and the useful data is data that can be placed in the current block to be transported in the MAC layer. If the useful data is not sent on all the RLC entities and the BSR has not been sent yet, the terminal maintains the trigger state of the BSR. If all are sent, the trigger status of the BSR is canceled. If the useful data is still not sent on all the RLC entities, but the BSR has been sent to the wireless access device, the terminal cancels the trigger state of the BSR.
  • LCH for example, RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2 in FIG. 22
  • the UE receives an uplink grant including the uplink transmission resource
  • both LCHs can be mapped to uplink transmission resources included in the uplink grant (from cell 1c or cell 2a)
  • the UE selects only one of the LCHs (select one of RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2) to participate in the LCP process ( When generating a TB, only the data on one of the RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2 is put into the TB).
  • the MAC does not cancel the BSR trigger.
  • the size of the target data to be transmitted in the RLC entity 1 is 50
  • the size of the data to be transmitted in the RLC entity 3 is 300.
  • the currently available resource size is 350, it is just The transfer is complete.
  • each PDCP entity in the first group of entities does not replicate the data packet, and generates one RLC data packet in the RLC layer, and one PDCP entity corresponds to one RLC entity.
  • the second group entity copies each data packet into two copies, each of which The PDCP entity generates at least two RLC data packets in the RLC layer, and one PDCP entity corresponds to at least two RLC entities.
  • the two sets of PDCP entities are mapped to a MAC entity at the MAC layer.
  • the TB includes data on an RLC entity of at least two RLC entities corresponding to at least one PDCP entity in the second group.
  • the TB may not include data on the corresponding at least one RLC entity in the first group of PDCP entities.
  • the TB also includes data on at least one RLC entity corresponding to the first group of PDCP entities.
  • the PDCP layer contains PDCP entity A and PDCP entity B.
  • the PDCP entity A copies the data packet into at least two, and the PDCP entity A corresponds to at least two RLC entities at the RLC layer (without loss of generality, taking RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2 as an example), and the PDCP entity B is in the
  • the RLC layer generates only one piece of data, and corresponds to one RLC entity 3 at the RLC layer.
  • the data on RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2 may be the same as the repetition.
  • a TB is generated at the MAC layer, only one of the RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2 is placed in this TB.
  • all data on the RLC entity 3 is placed in this TB. That is to say, the data of the RLC entity 1 is included in the TB, and the data of the RLC entity 2 is not included; the TB contains the data of the RLC entity 2, and does not include the data of the RLC entity 1.
  • the amount of data to be transmitted counted by the MAC layer MAC entity is the sum of the following data amounts: the current amount of data to be transmitted on all PDCP entities of the first group of PDCP entities, The amount of data to be transmitted on all RLC entities corresponding to all PDCP entities on the first group of PDCP entities, and the amount of data to be transmitted on each PDCP entity of the second group of all PDCPs* the number of copies of each PDCP packet, The amount of data to be transmitted on each of the at least two RLC entities corresponding to each of the PDCP entities of the second group.
  • the data amount of each PDCP in each PDCP entity of the second group * the result of the number of copies of the data packet copied by each PDCP may be separately calculated by the second group of each PDCP entity and then notified to the MAC entity respectively, or may be The MAC entity calculates the amount of data on each PDCP entity of each of the second group of PDCPs* the number of copies of the packets copied by each PDCP.
  • the number of the first group of PDCP entities is n
  • the amount of data to be transmitted on each PDCP entity is d1,..., dn
  • each PDCP entity maps one RLC entity respectively, and then a total of n RLC entities are mapped, each The amount of data to be transmitted on the RLC entity is also r1,...,rn
  • the second group of PDCP entities is m
  • the current pending data on each PDCP entity is D1,...,Dm, and each PDCP has been transmitted to the RLC layer respectively.
  • the data amount of rr1....rrm is copied to the number of copies p1, ..., pm, respectively, and the number of RLC entities mapped to each PDCP entity is p1,...,pm.
  • the MAC layer entity counts the amount of data to be transmitted as follows:
  • the current data size of the PDCP entity A is 70
  • the data size that has been transmitted to the RLC layer is 50
  • the data is copied to 2
  • the data size is on the RLC corresponding RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2.
  • the data to be transmitted on the PDCP entity B is 300
  • the data transmitted to the RLC layer is 300.
  • the data size of the corresponding RLC entity 3 is 100.
  • the PDCP entity A and the PDCP entity B correspond to the MAC layer. entity.
  • the MAC layer calculates the amount of data to be transmitted in the BSR according to the amount of data to be transmitted and the amount of data to be transmitted on all PDCP entities.
  • the amount of data to be transmitted in the BSR is 300 (the amount of data on the PDCP entity B) + 300 (the data on the RLC entity 3 is corresponding to the PDCP entity B). +) (data amount on PDCP entity A) * 2 (number of copies of data packet) + 50 (data amount on RLC entity 1 corresponding to PDCP entity A) + 50 (data on RLC entity 2 corresponding to PDCP entity A) the amount). It may also be the amount of data to be transmitted reported by each PDCP entity to the MAC layer.
  • the PDCP entity B reports 300 of the amount of data to be sent to the MAC layer.
  • the amount of data to be transmitted in the MAC layer statistics BSR is 140 (the amount of data on the PDCP entity A * the number of copies) + 50 (RLC entity 1) + 50 (RLC entity 2) + 300 (the amount of data on the PDCP entity B) + 300 (RLC entity 3).
  • the MAC statistics the amount of data to be transmitted in the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, and optionally, the amount of data to be transmitted on the SDAP is introduced in the wireless communication system, and the statistical result can also be obtained when calculating the data amount in the MAC layer. Further, the amount of data to be transmitted on the SDAP* is repeated in the RLC layer.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a data transmission method, as shown in FIG.
  • a terminal simultaneously provides communication services by at least two cells, wherein the first cell operates in an authorized spectrum, the second cell operates in an unlicensed spectrum, and the logical channel 1 (LCH1) that the terminal can use only provides data of the first cell. Transmission, the logical channel 2 (LCH2) available to the terminal provides data transmission of at least one of the first cell and the second cell. If there is data on the logical channel 1 to be transmitted, but resources on the unlicensed spectrum are allocated to the terminal without resource allocation on the licensed spectrum, in this case, the terminal cannot use the resources on the unlicensed spectrum. To transfer data on logical channel 1.
  • logical channel 2 can use the resources on the unlicensed spectrum to transmit data through the second cell. If resources on the licensed spectrum are allocated to the terminal, the terminal uses the resources on the licensed spectrum to transmit data on the logical channel 1, and the resources on the licensed spectrum can also be used to transmit the data on the logical channel 2.
  • a terminal simultaneously provides communication services by at least two cells.
  • the first cell works in the first air interface format, and the first air interface format uses a short transmission time interval (TTI) to provide a service guarantee for short delay requirements.
  • the second cell operates in the second air interface format and uses a long transmission time interval TTI to provide a service guarantee for long latency requirements.
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • the data to be transmitted on the logical channel 1 (LCH1) that the terminal can use is a short delay requirement, so the logical channel 1 transmits data only through the first cell.
  • the data to be transmitted on the logical channel 2 (LCH2) that the terminal can use is a long delay requirement. Therefore, the logical channel 2 can transmit data through at least one of the first cell and the second cell.
  • the terminal is allocated resources in the second air interface format without allocating resources on the first air interface format. If there is data on the logical channel 1 to be transmitted, the terminal cannot use the first air interface format to transmit data on the logical channel 1. .
  • the terminal may use the resource in the second air interface format to send data on the logical channel 1, but the terminal still notifies the data on the logical channel 1 of the base station to be sent, and the amount of data to be sent on the logical channel 1
  • the amount of data to be sent notified by the terminal includes the amount of data on the logical channel 1 transmitted on the second air interface format (the terminal still considers that the part of the data volume is not sent out. In this case, the terminal gives priority to the newly transmitted data. If the level of data is lower than this part of the data, the BSR is not triggered.
  • the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements.
  • the foregoing terminal, the wireless access device, and the like include a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may divide a function module into a terminal or the like according to the foregoing method example.
  • each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
  • FIG. 26 shows a possible schematic diagram of a terminal involved in the above embodiment, which includes a determining unit 61, a transmitting unit 62, and an inserting unit 63, in the case where the respective functional modules are divided by corresponding functions.
  • the determining unit 61 is configured to support the terminal to perform the process 103 in FIG. 4; the transmitting unit 62 is configured to support the terminal to execute the processes 101, 102, and 104 in FIG. 4; the inserting unit 63 is configured to insert the first indication information in the first transport block.
  • the first indication information includes a HARQ process identifier and an NDI of the terminal transmitting the first transport block. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 27 shows a possible structural diagram of the terminal involved in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal includes a processing module 72 and a communication module 73.
  • the processing module 72 is for controlling management of the actions of the terminal.
  • the processing module 72 is configured to support the terminal to perform the processes 101-104 of FIG. 4, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the communication module 73 is used to support communication between the terminal and other network entities.
  • the terminal may further include a storage module 71 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
  • the processing module 72 can be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific). Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module 73 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like.
  • the storage module 61 can be a memory.
  • the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be the computer device 500 shown in FIG.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a data transmission system, where the system includes the foregoing terminal and a wireless access device connected to the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, can cause the computer to execute the related data transmission method in the above steps 101-104.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal, which is configured to execute any program designed for the terminal.
  • a person skilled in the art can understand that the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be implemented by at least one processor of the terminal for determining, acquiring, and the like of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment, and the receiver of the terminal can be used for receiving the action.
  • the transmitter of the terminal For the sending action, it can be implemented by the transmitter of the terminal.
  • the determining, obtaining, and the like processing actions of the wireless access device in the foregoing method embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor of the wireless access device, and the receiving action may be implemented by a receiver of the wireless access device, and for the sending action, It can be implemented by the transmitter of the wireless access device.
  • a person skilled in the art can clarify the basic structure implementation of the wireless access device and the terminal according to various actions in the method embodiments. I will not repeat them here.
  • the functions described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a data transmission method, apparatus and system, relating to the technical field of communications, and being capable of increasing data transmission efficiency while ensuring transmission delay. The method comprises: a terminal uses a shared resource, configured by a wireless access device for at least one terminal, to send an X-time first transmission block to the wireless access device, the terminal being one of the at least one terminal, X being greater than 0; the terminal determines a dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device for the terminal; the terminal uses a target resource to send a Y-time first transmission block to the wireless access device, the target resource comprising the dedicated resource, Y being greater than or equal to 0.

Description

一种数据传输方法、装置及系统Data transmission method, device and system
本申请要求于2016年12月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201611265112.5、发明名称为“一种数据传输方法、装置及系统”,以及于2017年04月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710296923.X、发明名称为“一种数据传输方法、装置及系统”的两件中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the China Patent Office on December 30, 2016, the application number is 201611265112.5, the invention name is “a data transmission method, device and system”, and submitted to the Chinese Patent Office, application number on April 28, 2017. The priority of the two-part Chinese patent application entitled "A Data Transmission Method, Apparatus and System" is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法、装置及系统。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method, apparatus, and system.
背景技术Background technique
URLLC(Ultra-Reliable Low latency Communication,低时延、高可靠通信)业务是5G(5th-Generation,第五代移动通信技术)系统中的典型业务之一。URLLC业务对传输时延的要求较高,通常,要求URLLC数据的TB(Transport Block,传输块)在接入网内的传输时延小于0.5ms。The URL-based (Ultra-Reliable Low latency Communication) service is one of the typical services in the 5G (5th-Generation) system. The URLLC service has a high requirement for the transmission delay. Generally, the transmission delay of the TB (Transport Block) of the URLLC data in the access network is less than 0.5 ms.
那么,为了尽可能的减小TB在传输过程中产生的时延,无线接入设备(例如,基站)可以预先为多个终端分配无线资源(本发明实施例中称为共享资源),例如,无线接入设备为终端1-终端5分配的无线资源为传输时间单元3-传输时间单元5内的某个频带,那么,后续当某个终端,例如终端1需要发送URLLC数据时,可以直接使用已分配的共享资源发送URLLC数据的TB。Then, in order to reduce the delay caused by the TB in the transmission process, the radio access device (for example, the base station) may allocate radio resources (referred to as shared resources in the embodiment of the present invention) to the plurality of terminals in advance, for example, The radio resource allocated by the radio access device to the terminal 1 - the terminal 5 is a certain frequency band in the transmission time unit 3 - the transmission time unit 5, and then, when a certain terminal, for example, the terminal 1 needs to send the URLLC data, it can be directly used. The allocated shared resource sends the TB of the URLLC data.
但是,由于多个终端都共享上述共享资源,即每个终端都可以使用上述共享资源,因此,会出现多个终端同时使用相同的资源发送不同TB的情况,例如,终端1在传输时间单元3上发送TB1,终端2在传输时间单元3上发送TB2。那么,当信道质量较差时,无线接入设备无法正确对TB1和TB2进行解码,即无法正确接收终端1和终端2传输的数据,导致数据传输效率降低。However, since a plurality of terminals share the shared resources, that is, each terminal can use the shared resources, multiple terminals may use the same resource to send different TBs at the same time. For example, the terminal 1 is in the transmission time unit 3. On the transmission TB1, the terminal 2 transmits TB2 on the transmission time unit 3. Then, when the channel quality is poor, the wireless access device cannot correctly decode TB1 and TB2, that is, the data transmitted by the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 cannot be correctly received, resulting in a decrease in data transmission efficiency.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的实施例提供一种数据传输方法、装置及系统,可在保证传输时延的同时提高数据的传输效率。Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, apparatus, and system, which can improve data transmission efficiency while ensuring transmission delay.
为达到上述目的,本发明的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above object, embodiments of the present invention adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本发明的实施例提供一种数据传输方法,包括:终端可以先使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向无线接入设备发送X(X>0)次第一传输块,从而降低终端因为等待无线接入设备分配专用资源而带来的时延;当终端确定了无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源后,由于专用资源是无线接入设备专门为该终端分配的资源,终端在使用该专用资源时不会与其他终端使用的资源发生冲突,因此,终端使用包括该专用资源的目标资源继续向无线接入设备发送Y(Y≥0)次第一传输块,从而提高第一传输块被无线接入设备正确接收的概率,即提高第一传输块的传输效率。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including: a terminal may first send an X (X>0) first transmission to a wireless access device by using a shared resource configured by the wireless access device for at least one terminal. Block, thereby reducing the delay caused by the terminal waiting for the wireless access device to allocate dedicated resources; after the terminal determines the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, the dedicated resource is the wireless access device specifically allocated for the terminal The resource does not conflict with the resources used by other terminals when the terminal uses the dedicated resource. Therefore, the terminal continues to send the Y (Y≥0) times of the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the target resource including the dedicated resource. Therefore, the probability that the first transport block is correctly received by the wireless access device is improved, that is, the transmission efficiency of the first transport block is improved.
在一种可能的设计方法中,目标资源还包括共享资源。也就是说,当终端获取到无线接入设备分配的专用资源之后,在使用专用资源传输第一传输块的同时,终端还可以继续使用上述共享资源传输上述第一传输块,从而降低第一传输块的传输时延。In one possible design approach, the target resource also includes shared resources. That is, after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, while transmitting the first transport block by using the dedicated resource, the terminal may further continue to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, thereby reducing the first transmission. The transmission delay of the block.
在一种可能的设计方法中,上述方法还包括:若满足预置的停止条件,则终端停止向无线接入设备发送第一传输块;上述停止条件包括:终端接收到无线接入设备发送的第一传输块的应答响应,或者,终端发送第一传输块的时间超出预设的时延指标。In a possible design method, the method further includes: if the preset stop condition is met, the terminal stops sending the first transport block to the wireless access device; the stopping condition includes: the terminal receives the wireless access device and sends the The response of the first transport block is responsive, or the time at which the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds a preset delay indicator.
在一种可能的设计方法中,在终端使用无线接入设备预先配置的共享资源向无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块之前,还包括:终端计算传输第一传输块时所需的传输次数N,N>0;此时,上述停止条件还包括:X+Y≥N。也就是说,当发送的第一传输块的次数X与发送的第一传输块的次数Y之和大于或等于N时,终端便可以停止向无线接入设备发送上述第一传输块,可选地,终端还可以清空缓存中的第一传输块,从而节省传输资源。In a possible design method, before the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource pre-configured by the wireless access device, the terminal further includes: calculating, by the terminal, the transmission required when transmitting the first transport block The number of times N, N>0; at this time, the above stop condition further includes: X+Y≥N. That is, when the sum of the number X of transmitted first transport blocks and the number Y of transmitted first transport blocks is greater than or equal to N, the terminal may stop transmitting the first transport block to the wireless access device, optionally The terminal can also clear the first transport block in the cache, thereby saving transmission resources.
在一种可能的设计方法中,终端使用无线接入设备预先配置的共享资源向无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块,包括:终端在预置时间段内,使用共享资源向无线接入设备逐一发送X次第一传输块,预置时间段的结束时间位于终端获取到专用资源的时间之前。这样,通过设置上述预置时间段,可以使终端仅在预置时间段内使用上述共享资源传输第一传输块,一旦超过上述预置时间段,就不再使用上述共享资源传输第一传输块,而是等待使用无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源传输第一传输块,以便其他终端抢占共享资源发送数据。In a possible design method, the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource pre-configured by the wireless access device, including: the terminal uses the shared resource to access the wireless terminal within a preset time period. The device sends the first transmission block X times one by one, and the end time of the preset time period is before the time when the terminal acquires the dedicated resource. In this way, by setting the preset time period, the terminal can use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block only in the preset time period, and once the preset time period is exceeded, the first transport block is not used to transmit the first transport block. Rather, it waits for the first access block to be transmitted by the wireless access device for its assigned dedicated resource, so that other terminals can preempt the shared resource to send data.
在一种可能的设计方法中,终端使用目标资源向无线接入设备发送Y次第一传输块,包括:对于目标资源所在的任意传输时间单元,若该传输时间单元内同时包括专用资源和共享资源,由于专用资源不会与其他终端使用的资源发生冲突,因此,此时终端使用该传输时间单元内的专用资源发送第一传输块。In a possible design method, the terminal sends the first transmission block to the wireless access device by using the target resource, including: for any transmission time unit where the target resource is located, if the transmission time unit includes both dedicated resources and sharing The resource, because the dedicated resource does not conflict with the resources used by other terminals, the terminal transmits the first transport block using the dedicated resource in the transmission time unit.
在一种可能的设计方法中,共享资源位于Z(Z≥X)个传输时间单元中的每个传输时间单元内,上述方法还包括:若终端在Z个传输时间单元中的第M个传输时间单元(第M个传输时间单元为Z个传输时间单元中除第1个传输时间单元外的一个)内获取到第二传输块的传输请求,则终端在第M个传输时间单元内使用第M个传输时间单元内的共享资源仍然发送第一传输块,这样可以保证已经开始传输的第一传输块的传输时延不会因为第二传输块的传输而增加。In a possible design method, the shared resource is located in each of the Z (Z≥X) transmission time units, and the method further includes: if the terminal is in the Mth transmission in the Z transmission time units The time unit (the Mth transmission time unit is one of the Z transmission time units except the first transmission time unit) acquires the transmission request of the second transmission block, and the terminal uses the first transmission time unit in the Mth transmission time unit. The shared resources in the M transmission time units still transmit the first transport block, so that the transmission delay of the first transport block that has started to transmit is not increased by the transmission of the second transport block.
在一种可能的设计方法中,在终端使用无线接入设备预先配置的共享资源向无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块之前,还包括:终端在第一传输块内插入第一指示信息,第一指示信息包括终端传输第一传输块的HARQ进程标识和新数据标识NDI。In a possible design method, before the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource pre-configured by the wireless access device, the terminal further includes: inserting, by the terminal, the first indication information in the first transport block. The first indication information includes a HARQ process identifier and a new data identifier NDI of the terminal transmitting the first transport block.
在一种可能的设计方法中,第一指示信息还包括终端最近一次传输第一传输块时所属的小区的标识。这样,在终端使用不同小区内的共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块时,无线接入设备可以根据第一指示信息对多次接收到的第一传输块进行数据合并,以正确接收该第一传输块。In a possible design method, the first indication information further includes an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block last time. In this way, when the terminal sends the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the shared resource in the different cell, the wireless access device may perform data combination on the first transport block received multiple times according to the first indication information, so as to receive correctly. The first transport block.
在一种可能的设计方法中,终端获取无线接入设备为终端分配的专用资源,包括:终端接收无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息,该资源分配信息用于指示终端发送第一传输块所需的专用资源。In a possible design method, the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal, and the method includes: the terminal receiving the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to instruct the terminal to send the first transmission block. Dedicated resources required.
其中,资源分配信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端重复发送在第K(K≥0)个传输时间单元内传输的第一传输块。这样,终端可根据第二指示信息,在无线接入设备分配的专用资源上,使用在第K个传输时间单元内发送第一传输 块时使用的HARQ process ID发送该第一传输块。也就是说,无线接入设备可以通过第二指示信息隐式的向终端指示发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID。The resource allocation information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal to repeatedly send the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth (K≥0) transmission time unit. In this way, the terminal may send the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID used when the first transport block is sent in the Kth transmission time unit, according to the second indication information, on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device. That is, the wireless access device may implicitly instruct the terminal to send the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block by using the second indication information.
在一种可能的设计方法中,第二指示信息包括终端在第K个传输时间单元内传输第一传输块时所属的小区的标识。这样,在终端使用不同小区内的共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块时,无线接入设备可以根据第二指示信息对多次接收到的第一传输块进行数据合并,以正确接收该第一传输块。In a possible design method, the second indication information includes an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit. In this way, when the terminal sends the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the shared resource in the different cell, the wireless access device may perform data combination on the first transport block received multiple times according to the second indication information, so as to receive correctly. The first transport block.
在一种可能的设计方法中,共享资源包括:无线接入设备为终端在第一小区内配置的第一资源和无线接入设备为终端在第二小区内配置的第二资源;此时,上述方法还包括:终端接收无线接入设备通过第一小区发送的第一传输块的应答响应;终端停止使用第二资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块。这样,在不执行跨小区的数据合并时,也可以实现终端通过多个小区内的资源发送同一个传输块。In a possible design method, the shared resource includes: the radio resource device is a first resource configured by the terminal in the first cell, and the radio access device is a second resource configured by the terminal in the second cell; The method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, a response response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device by using the first cell; and stopping, by the terminal, transmitting the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the second resource. In this way, when data merging across cells is not performed, the terminal can also transmit the same transport block through resources in multiple cells.
第二方面,本发明的实施例提供一种终端,包括:传输单元,用于使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向该无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块,该终端为该至少一个终端中的一个,X>0;确定单元,用于确定该无线接入设备为该终端分配的专用资源;该传输单元,还用于使用目标资源向该无线接入设备发送Y次该第一传输块,该目标资源包括该专用资源,Y≥0。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including: a transmitting unit, configured to send, by using a shared resource configured by a wireless access device for at least one terminal, X times a first transport block to the wireless access device, where the terminal For one of the at least one terminal, X>0; a determining unit, configured to determine a dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal; the transmitting unit is further configured to send the Y to the wireless access device by using the target resource The first transport block, the target resource includes the dedicated resource, Y≥0.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该传输单元,具体用于:若满足预置的停止条件,则停止向该无线接入设备发送该第一传输块;该停止条件包括:该终端接收到该无线接入设备发送的该第一传输块的应答响应,或者,该终端发送该第一传输块的时间超出预设的时延指标。In a possible design method, the transmission unit is specifically configured to: stop sending the first transport block to the wireless access device if the preset stop condition is met; the stop condition includes: the terminal receives the The response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device, or the time when the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds a preset delay indicator.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该确定单元,还用于确定传输该第一传输块时所需的传输次数N,N>0;其中,该停止条件还包括:X+Y≥N。In a possible design method, the determining unit is further configured to determine a number of transmissions N, N>0 required when transmitting the first transport block; wherein the stopping condition further comprises: X+Y≥N.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该传输单元,具体用于:在预置时间段内,使用该共享资源向该无线接入设备逐一发送X次该第一传输块,该预置时间段的结束时间位于该终端获取到该专用资源的时间之前。In a possible design method, the transmitting unit is specifically configured to: send the first transport block X times to the wireless access device one by one using the shared resource in a preset time period, where the preset time period is The end time is before the time at which the terminal obtains the dedicated resource.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该传输单元,具体用于:对于该目标资源所在的任意传输时间单元,若该传输时间单元内同时包括专用资源和共享资源,则使用该传输时间单元内的专用资源发送该第一传输块。In a possible design method, the transmission unit is specifically configured to use, in the transmission time unit, any dedicated transmission time unit in which the target resource is located, if the transmission time unit includes both a dedicated resource and a shared resource. The dedicated resource sends the first transport block.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该共享资源位于Z个传输时间单元中的每个传输时间单元内,Z≥X;该传输单元,还用于:若该终端在该Z个传输时间单元中的第M个传输时间单元内获取到第二传输块的传输请求,则在该第M个传输时间单元内使用该第M个传输时间单元内的共享资源发送该第一传输块,该第M个传输时间单元为该Z个传输时间单元中除第1个传输时间单元外的一个。In a possible design method, the shared resource is located in each of the Z transmission time units, Z≥X; the transmission unit is further configured to: if the terminal is in the Z transmission time units Obtaining a transmission request of the second transport block in the Mth transmission time unit, and transmitting, by using the shared resource in the Mth transmission time unit, the first transport block in the Mth transmission time unit, the Mth The transmission time unit is one of the Z transmission time units except the first transmission time unit.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该终端还包括:插入单元,用于在该第一传输块内插入第一指示信息,该第一指示信息包括该终端传输该第一传输块的HARQ进程标识和NDI。In a possible design method, the terminal further includes: an insertion unit, configured to insert first indication information in the first transport block, where the first indication information includes a HARQ process identifier of the terminal transmitting the first transport block And NDI.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该传输单元,还用于:接收该无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息,该资源分配信息用于指示该终端发送该第一传输块所需的该专用资源;其中,该资源分配信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该终端重复发送 在第K个传输时间单元内传输的该第一传输块,该第K个传输时间单元为位于接收该资源分配信息的传输时间单元之前的一个传输时间单元,K≥0。In a possible design method, the transmitting unit is further configured to: receive resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to indicate, by the terminal, the dedicated resource required for sending the first transport block. The resource allocation information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal repeatedly transmits the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth transmission time unit, where the Kth transmission time unit is located A transmission time unit preceding the transmission time unit that receives the resource allocation information, K ≥ 0.
在一种可能的设计方法中,该共享资源包括:该无线接入设备为该终端在第一小区内配置的第一资源和该无线接入设备为该终端在第二小区内配置的第二资源;该传输单元,还用于:接收该无线接入设备通过该第一小区发送的该第一传输块的应答响应,该应答响应为无线接入设备接收到该终端通过该第一资源发送的第一传输块后生成的;停止使用该第二资源向该无线接入设备发送该第一传输块。In a possible design method, the shared resource includes: the wireless access device is a first resource configured by the terminal in the first cell, and the wireless access device is a second configured in the second cell of the terminal The transmission unit is further configured to: receive a response response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device by using the first cell, where the response response is that the wireless access device receives the terminal and sends the first resource And generating the first transport block; stopping using the second resource to send the first transport block to the wireless access device.
第三方面,本发明的实施例提供一种终端,包括:处理器、存储器、总线和通信接口;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,该处理器与该存储器通过该总线连接,当该终端运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该终端执行如第一方面中任意一项的数据传输方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a communication interface; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and the processor is connected to the memory through the bus, when the terminal runs The processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the terminal to perform the data transfer method of any of the first aspects.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种数据传输系统,上述任一项终端,以及与终端相连的无线接入设备。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, any one of the foregoing terminals, and a wireless access device connected to the terminal.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述终端所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面为终端所设计的程序。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspects for a terminal.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面中任意一项的虚拟机的管理方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, to cause the computer to perform the management method of the virtual machine according to any one of the above first aspects.
本发明中,上述终端或无线接入设备的名字对设备本身不构成限定,在实际实现中,这些设备可以以其他名称出现。只要各个设备的功能和本发明类似,即属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内。In the present invention, the names of the foregoing terminals or wireless access devices are not limited to the devices themselves, and in actual implementation, these devices may appear under other names. As long as the functions of the respective devices are similar to the present invention, they are within the scope of the claims and the equivalents thereof.
另外,第二方面至第六方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects brought by the design mode of any one of the second aspect to the sixth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought by different design modes in the first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例另一方面提供一种数据传输方法,包括:Another aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
终端在MAC层生成传输块,所述传输块包括至少两个RLC实体中一个RLC实体上的数据,所述至少两个RLC实体映射一个第一PDCP实体;The terminal generates a transport block at the MAC layer, where the transport block includes data on one of the at least two RLC entities, and the at least two RLC entities map a first PDCP entity;
所述终端将所述传输块携带的信息通过所述终端的物理层向无线接入设备发送。The terminal sends the information carried by the transport block to the wireless access device by using a physical layer of the terminal.
在本实施例中,传输块中不包含所述至少两个RLC实体中除这个RLC实体之外的其它RLC实体的数据。可选地,所述传输块中还包括一个RLC实体上的数据,所述一个RLC实体映射第二PDCP实体。第一PDCP实体和第二PDCP实体不同。In this embodiment, the data of the RLC entity other than the RLC entity of the at least two RLC entities is not included in the transport block. Optionally, the transport block further includes data on one RLC entity, and the one RLC entity maps the second PDCP entity. The first PDCP entity is different from the second PDCP entity.
可选的,本实施例还包括:所述终端统计待传输数据量:第一组PDCP实体所有PDCP实体上的当前待传数据量,第一组PDCP实体上所有PDCP实体所对应的所有RLC实体上的待传数据量,以及第二组所有PDCP每个PDCP实体上当前待传数据量*每个PDCP所复制数据包的份数,第二组每个PDCP实体分别对应的至少两个RLC实体中每个RLC实体上的待传数据量。示例性地,第一组PDCP实体为第一PDCP实体,第二组PDCP实体为第二PDCP实体,第一PDCP实体在RLC层没有复制数据包(或者只生成一份RLC数据包),第二PDCP实体在RLC层复制至少两份数据包,每一份数据包分别承载在一个RLC实体上,则待传数据量为第一PDCP实体当前待传数据量+第一PDCP实体映射到的一个RLC实体上的待传数据量+第二PDCP实体当前 待传数据量*第二PDCP实体在RLC层的复制份数+第二PDCP实体所映射到的所有RLC实体上待传数据量。Optionally, the embodiment further includes: the terminal, the amount of data to be transmitted, the current amount of data to be transmitted on all PDCP entities of the first group of PDCP entities, and all the RLC entities corresponding to all PDCP entities on the first group of PDCP entities. The amount of data to be transmitted, and the amount of data to be transmitted on each PDCP entity of the second group of all PDCPs*, the number of copies of each PDCP, and the second group of at least two RLC entities corresponding to each PDCP entity The amount of data to be transmitted on each RLC entity. Exemplarily, the first group of PDCP entities is a first PDCP entity, the second group of PDCP entities is a second PDCP entity, and the first PDCP entity does not replicate data packets at the RLC layer (or only generates one RLC data packet), and second The PDCP entity replicates at least two data packets at the RLC layer, and each data packet is carried on an RLC entity, and the data volume to be transmitted is the current data volume to be transmitted by the first PDCP entity and one RLC to which the first PDCP entity is mapped. The amount of data to be transmitted on the entity + the amount of data to be transmitted by the second PDCP entity * the number of copies of the second PDCP entity at the RLC layer + the amount of data to be transmitted on all the RLC entities to which the second PDCP entity is mapped.
可选地,本实施例还包括:所述终端判断RLC层中是否映射到同一MAC实体的所有RLC实体上有用数据都发送了,所述有用数据为能够放入所述MAC实体当前待传输块中的数据。如果所有RLC实体上仍存在有用数据未发送完,BSR还没发送,则终端保持该BSR的触发状态。如果都发送完了,则取消该BSR的触发状态。如果所有RLC实体上仍存在有用数据未发送完,BSR已经发送给无线接入设备了,则终端取消该BSR的触发状态。Optionally, the embodiment further includes: determining, by the terminal, whether the useful data on all the RLC entities mapped to the same MAC entity in the RLC layer is sent, where the useful data is a block that can be placed in the MAC entity to be transported. The data in . If the useful data is not sent on all the RLC entities and the BSR has not been sent yet, the terminal maintains the trigger state of the BSR. If all are sent, the trigger status of the BSR is canceled. If the useful data is not sent on all the RLC entities and the BSR has been sent to the wireless access device, the terminal cancels the trigger state of the BSR.
本实施例提供的技术方案,可以应用到前述第一方面至第六方面,以及各种可能设计方法提供的技术方案中。The technical solution provided by this embodiment can be applied to the foregoing first to sixth aspects, and the technical solutions provided by various possible design methods.
本发明的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the invention will be more apparent from the following description of the embodiments.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图一;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二;2 is a second schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3为本发明实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图一;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的交互示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of interaction of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5A为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图三;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 3 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5B为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图四;FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram 4 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图五;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 5 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图六;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 6 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8A为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图七;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram 7 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8B为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图八;FIG. 8B is a schematic diagram 8 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8C为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图九;FIG. 8C is a schematic diagram 9 of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十一;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十二;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十三;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十四;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十五;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十六;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图16为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十七;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十八;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图十九;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图19为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图20为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十一;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图21为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十二;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图22为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十三;FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图23为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十四;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图24为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十五;FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图25为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的应用场景示意图二十六;FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图26为本发明实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图二;FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图27为本发明实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图三。FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行详细描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention.
另外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本发明的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and are not to be construed as indicating or implying a relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated. Thus, features defining "first" and "second" may include one or more of the features either explicitly or implicitly. In the description of the present invention, "a plurality" means two or more unless otherwise stated.
为了方便理解本发明实施例,首先在此介绍本发明实施例描述中会引入的几个术语:In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, several terms introduced in the description of the embodiments of the present invention are first introduced herein:
终端,也可以成为UE(User Equipment,用户设备),具体可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、UMPC(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer,超级移动个人计算机)、上网本、PDA(Personal Digital Assistant,个人数字助理)等,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。The terminal can also be a UE (User Equipment), which can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a UMPC (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer), a netbook, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), and a personal digital assistant. The embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on this.
无线接入设备,可以为AP(Access Point,无线接入点),基站(例如,宏基站、微基站以及直放站等),本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。The wireless access device may be an access point (AP), a base station (for example, a macro base station, a micro base station, a repeater, etc.), and is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
传输时间单元,是指一个用于上行传输或下行传输的时间粒度大小,具体可以为传输时间单元、时隙(slot),微时隙,聚合时隙或聚合微时隙等,以传输时间单元为例,在LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)系统中,一个传输时间单元的时间长度一般为1ms,在5G(5th-Generation,第五代移动通信技术)系统中,一个传输时间单元的时间长度可以由基站进行设置,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。The transmission time unit refers to a time granularity used for uplink transmission or downlink transmission, and specifically may be a transmission time unit, a slot, a minislot, an aggregation slot, or an aggregation microslot, etc., to transmit a time unit. For example, in the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, the time length of a transmission time unit is generally 1 ms. In a 5G (5th-Generation, fifth generation mobile communication technology) system, the time of one transmission time unit is The length may be set by the base station, and the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation.
本发明的实施例提供一种数据传输方法,可应用于终端与无线接入设备之间的数据传输过程。以HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQst,混合自动重传请求)传输方式为例,在现有技术中,需要无线接入设备首先为终端分配该终端发送数据时专用的专用资源,进而,终端使用无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源向无线接入设备发送待传输的数据,如果该数据传输一次不能被无线接入设备正确接收,则终端还需要向无线接入设备重复发送该数据,直至该数据被无线接入设备正确接收为止。Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, which can be applied to a data transmission process between a terminal and a wireless access device. Taking the HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQst) transmission mode as an example, in the prior art, the wireless access device is required to first allocate a dedicated resource dedicated to the terminal when the terminal transmits data, and further, the terminal uses the wireless connection. The dedicated resource allocated to the device sends the data to be transmitted to the wireless access device. If the data transmission cannot be correctly received by the wireless access device, the terminal further needs to repeatedly send the data to the wireless access device until the data is received. Until the wireless access device receives it correctly.
然而,无线接入设备为终端分配专用资源时需要花费至少4ms的时延,而终端第一次向无线接入设备发送上述数据与终端第二次向无线接入设备发送上述数据之间又需要花费至少8ms的时延,这远远无法满足URLLC数据对于时延的要求。However, the wireless access device needs to spend at least 4 ms delay when allocating dedicated resources for the terminal, and the terminal needs to send the foregoing data to the wireless access device for the first time and the second time the terminal sends the data to the wireless access device. It takes at least 8ms of delay, which is far from meeting the latency requirements of URLLC data.
对此,在现有技术中,无线接入设备还可以预先为多个终端分配一份或多份共享资源,那么,后续当某个终端需要发送URLLC数据时,可以直接使用已分配的共享资源发送URLLC数据,但是,由于共享资源是这多个终端共享的,因此,会出现多个终端同时抢占相同的共享资源发送不同数据的情况,此时,可能会导致无线接入设备无法对接收到的URLLC数据进行正确解码,使得传输的数据不能 被无线接入设备正确接收,即URLLC数据的传输效率降低。换句话说,当一个终端有一个共享资源时,这个终端通常并不知道这个共享资源是否被其它终端所使用,这个共享资源由无线接入设备预先分配给至少一个终端,共享资源不用无线接入设备动态调度。正因使用共享资源的终端不知道这个资源上是否被其它终端所使用,因而会出现多个终端抢占这块共享资源导致上述冲突的情况。In this regard, in the prior art, the wireless access device may also allocate one or more shared resources to multiple terminals in advance, and then, when a terminal needs to send the URLLC data, the shared resource may be directly used. The URLLC data is sent. However, since the shared resource is shared by the multiple terminals, multiple terminals may simultaneously preempt the same shared resource to send different data. At this time, the wireless access device may not be able to receive the data. The URLLC data is correctly decoded, so that the transmitted data cannot be correctly received by the wireless access device, that is, the transmission efficiency of the URLLC data is reduced. In other words, when a terminal has a shared resource, the terminal usually does not know whether the shared resource is used by other terminals. The shared resource is pre-assigned to at least one terminal by the wireless access device, and the shared resource does not need to be wirelessly accessed. Dynamic scheduling of devices. The terminal that uses the shared resource does not know whether the resource is used by other terminals, and thus there may be a situation in which a plurality of terminals preempt the shared resource to cause the above conflict.
可以看出,终端无论是使用专用资源传输URLLC数据,还是使用共享资源传输URLLC数据,都不能同时保证URLLC数据的传输时延和传输效率。It can be seen that whether the terminal uses the dedicated resource to transmit the URLLC data or the shared resource to transmit the URLLC data, the transmission delay and the transmission efficiency of the URLLC data cannot be guaranteed at the same time.
对于上述问题,本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法,当终端需要向无线接入设备传输URLLC数据(URLLC数据可由一个或多个传输块组成)时,以传输第一传输块为例,如图1所示,终端可以先使用预先配置的共享资源向无线接入设备发送X(X>0)次该第一传输块,当终端获取到无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源后,如果终端尚未接收到无线接入设备正确接收到该第一传输块后发送的应答响应,此时,终端可使用目标资源(该目标资源包括上述专用资源)向无线接入设备再发送Y(Y≥0)次该第一传输块,直至无线接入设备正确接收到该第一传输块为止。For the above problem, an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. When a terminal needs to transmit URLLC data to a wireless access device (URLLC data may be composed of one or more transport blocks), the first transport block is transmitted as an example. As shown in FIG. 1, the terminal may first send X (X>0) times to the first access block to the wireless access device by using the pre-configured shared resource, and if the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, The terminal has not received the response response sent by the wireless access device after receiving the first transport block correctly. At this time, the terminal may use the target resource (the target resource includes the dedicated resource) to resend Y to the wireless access device (Y≥ 0) The first transport block until the wireless access device correctly receives the first transport block.
这样一来,在终端获取到无线接入设备分配的专用资源之前,可以先使用与其他终端共享的共享资源发送第一传输块,从而可降低终端因为等待无线接入设备分配专用资源而带来的时延,而当终端获取到无线接入设备分配的专用资源之后,由于专用资源是无线接入设备专门为该终端分配的资源,终端在使用专用资源时不会与其他终端使用的资源发生冲突,因此,此时终端可以使用包括该专用资源的目标资源发送上述第一传输块,从而提高第一传输块被无线接入设备正确接收的概率,即提高第一传输块的传输效率。In this way, before the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, the first transport block may be sent by using the shared resource shared by the other terminal, thereby reducing the terminal to wait for the wireless access device to allocate dedicated resources. Delay, and when the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, since the dedicated resource is a resource allocated by the wireless access device specifically for the terminal, the terminal does not generate resources with other terminals when using the dedicated resource. The conflict, therefore, the terminal can transmit the foregoing first transport block by using the target resource including the dedicated resource, thereby improving the probability that the first transport block is correctly received by the wireless access device, that is, improving the transmission efficiency of the first transport block.
当然,如图2所示,上述目标资源中还可以包括共享资源,也就是说,当终端获取到无线接入设备分配的专用资源之后,在使用专用资源传输第一传输块的同时,终端还可以继续使用上述共享资源传输上述第一传输块,从而降低第一传输块的传输时延。Of course, as shown in FIG. 2, the foregoing target resource may further include a shared resource, that is, after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, the terminal further transmits the first transport block by using the dedicated resource. The above first transport block may continue to be transmitted using the above shared resource, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the first transport block.
如图3所示,上述终端可以以图3中的计算机设备(或系统)的方式来实现。As shown in FIG. 3, the above terminal can be implemented in the manner of the computer device (or system) in FIG.
图3所示为本发明实施例提供的计算机设备示意图。计算机设备500包括至少一个处理器501,通信总线502,存储器503以及至少一个通信接口504。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a computer device according to an embodiment of the present invention. Computer device 500 includes at least one processor 501, a communication bus 502, a memory 503, and at least one communication interface 504.
处理器501可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本发明方案程序执行的集成电路。 Processor 501 can be a general purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present invention.
通信总线502可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。所述通信接口504,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(RAN),无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)等。Communication bus 502 can include a path for communicating information between the components described above. The communication interface 504 uses devices such as any transceiver for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, Radio Access Network (RAN), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), and the like.
存储器503可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)、只 读光盘(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过总线与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 503 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions. The dynamic storage device can also be an Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), a Compact Disc Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory can exist independently and be connected to the processor via a bus. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,所述存储器503用于存储执行本发明方案的应用程序代码,并由处理器501来控制执行。所述处理器501用于执行所述存储器503中存储的应用程序代码。The memory 503 is used to store application code for executing the solution of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 501 for execution. The processor 501 is configured to execute application code stored in the memory 503.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器501可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 501 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,计算机设备500可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器501和处理器508。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a particular implementation, as an embodiment, computer device 500 can include multiple processors, such as processor 501 and processor 508 in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single-CPU processor or a multi-core processor. A processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,计算机设备500还可以包括输出设备505和输入设备506。输出设备505和处理器501通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备505可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备506和处理器501通信,可以以多种方式接受用户的输入。In a particular implementation, computer device 500 may also include an output device 505 and an input device 506 as an embodiment. Output device 505 is in communication with processor 501 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 505 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait. Input device 506 is in communication with processor 501 and can accept user input in a variety of ways.
上述的计算机设备500可以是一个通用计算机设备或者是一个专用计算机设备。在具体实现中,计算机设备500可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、掌上电脑(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、通信设备、嵌入式设备或有图3中类似结构的设备。本发明实施例不限定计算机设备500的类型。The computer device 500 described above can be a general purpose computer device or a special purpose computer device. In a specific implementation, the computer device 500 can be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet, a wireless terminal device, a communication device, an embedded device, or have FIG. A device of similar structure. Embodiments of the invention do not limit the type of computer device 500.
以下,将结合具体实施例详细阐述本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法,如图4所示,该方法包括:Hereinafter, a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail in conjunction with a specific embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes:
101(可选)、终端向无线接入设备发送资源分配请求,该资源分配请求用于请求无线接入设备为终端分配传输第一传输块使用的专用资源。101 (Optional), the terminal sends a resource allocation request to the wireless access device, where the resource allocation request is used to request the wireless access device to allocate, to the terminal, a dedicated resource used for transmitting the first transport block.
具体的,当终端内的接入层接收到来自应用层的待发送数据时,终端可以按照预先设置的传输块大小,将待发送数据划分为一个或多个传输块(TB),当终端确定待发送的传输块为URLLC数据时,可以向无线接入设备发送资源分配请求,无线接入设备接收到该资源分配请求后为终端分配专用资源,例如,该专用资源位于为第5传输时间单元、第7传输时间单元以及第9传输时间单元内,该专用资源是无线接入设备专门为该终端分配的,因此,该专用资源不会与其他终端传输数据时使用的资源发生冲突。Specifically, when the access layer in the terminal receives the data to be sent from the application layer, the terminal may divide the data to be sent into one or more transport blocks (TB) according to the preset transport block size, when the terminal determines When the transport block to be sent is the URLLC data, the resource allocation request may be sent to the radio access device, and the radio access device allocates the dedicated resource to the terminal after receiving the resource allocation request, for example, the dedicated resource is located in the fifth transmission time unit. In the seventh transmission time unit and the ninth transmission time unit, the dedicated resource is specifically allocated for the terminal by the wireless access device, and therefore, the dedicated resource does not conflict with resources used when other terminals transmit data.
示例性的,终端可以一直保持资源请求挂起状态,即只要有资源时便向无线接入设备发送上述资源分配请求,直至终端获取到上述专用资源为止;或者,终 端可以一直保持资源请求挂起状态,直至终端向无线接入设备成功发送第一传输块为止。Exemplarily, the terminal may keep the resource request suspended state, that is, the resource allocation request is sent to the wireless access device when the resource is available until the terminal acquires the dedicated resource; or the terminal may keep the resource request pending Status until the terminal successfully transmits the first transport block to the wireless access device.
102、在获取到上述专用资源之前,终端使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送X(X>0)次第一传输块。102. Before acquiring the dedicated resource, the terminal sends the X (X>0)th first transport block to the wireless access device by using the shared resource.
其中,上述共享资源为无线接入设备为至少一个终端(包括上述终端)分配的资源,例如,无线接入设备为小区1内的终端1-终端3分配了共享资源1,那么,终端1-终端3中的任意一个终端在需要传输数据时,均可使用共享资源1与无线接入设备交互。The shared resource is a resource allocated by the wireless access device to at least one terminal (including the terminal). For example, the wireless access device allocates the shared resource 1 to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3 in the cell 1. Then, the terminal 1 Any one of the terminals 3 can use the shared resource 1 to interact with the wireless access device when data needs to be transmitted.
具体的,如图5A所示,上述共享资源可以分布在一个或多个传输时间单元上,为了使无线接入设备能够尽快的正确接收到第一传输块,在步骤102中,终端可以先使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送X(X>0)次第一传输块。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5A, the foregoing shared resources may be distributed on one or more transmission time units. In order to enable the wireless access device to correctly receive the first transport block as soon as possible, in step 102, the terminal may first use The shared resource sends X (X>0) times to the first access block to the wireless access device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,如图5A所示,在传输时间单元1-4以及传输时间单元7上均分配有共享资源,但是无线接入设备在每个传输时间单元上分配的共享资源的大小不同,例如,在传输时间单元1、传输时间单元3以及传输时间单元7上的共享资源的大小为30Bytes(字节),而在传输时间单元2和传输时间单元4上的共享资源的大小为50Bytes。此时,终端可以根据第一传输块的大小,选择在共享资源大于或等于第一传输块的大小的传输时间单元上,例如在传输时间单元2和传输时间单元4上,向无线接入设备发送第一传输块。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 5A, shared resources are allocated on the transmission time unit 1-4 and the transmission time unit 7, but the shared resources allocated by the wireless access device on each transmission time unit are The size of the shared resource is different, for example, the size of the shared resource on the transmission time unit 1, the transmission time unit 3, and the transmission time unit 7 is 30 Bytes (bytes), and the shared resources on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 4 The size is 50Bytes. At this time, the terminal may select, according to the size of the first transport block, a transmission time unit whose shared resource is greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block, for example, on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 4, to the wireless access device. Send the first transport block.
可选的,上述一个传输时间单元具体可以称为一个TTI(Transmission Time Interval,时间传输间隔)。Optionally, the one transmission time unit may be specifically referred to as a TTI (Transmission Time Interval).
进一步地,如图5B中的(a)所示,对于分配了共享资源的TTI,可以在该TTI中配置两种不同大小的共享资源,例如,30Bytes(共享资源1)和50Bytes(共享资源2)。那么,终端可以根据第一传输块的大小判断当前TTI上的共享资源1或共享资源2的大小是否大于或等于第一传输块的大小。若共享资源1和共享资源2满足条件(都大于或等于第一传输块的大小),则终端可以随机选用其中一块共享资源传输第一传输块;若只有一块共享资源满足条件(共享资源1和共享资源2中只有一个大于或等于第一传输块的大小),例如,共享资源2,则终端可使用共享资源2传输第一传输块;若两块共享资源都不满足条件,则终端可以继续等待直至满足条件的共享资源到来。Further, as shown in (a) of FIG. 5B, for a TTI to which a shared resource is allocated, two different sizes of shared resources may be configured in the TTI, for example, 30 Bytes (shared resource 1) and 50 Bytes (shared resource 2) ). Then, the terminal may determine, according to the size of the first transport block, whether the size of the shared resource 1 or the shared resource 2 on the current TTI is greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block. If the shared resource 1 and the shared resource 2 satisfy the condition (both being greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block), the terminal may randomly select one of the shared resources to transmit the first transport block; if only one shared resource satisfies the condition (shared resource 1 and Only one of the shared resources 2 is greater than or equal to the size of the first transport block. For example, if the shared resource 2 is used, the terminal may use the shared resource 2 to transmit the first transport block; if the two shared resources do not satisfy the condition, the terminal may continue. Wait until the shared resource that meets the conditions arrives.
又或者,如图5B中的(b)所示,对于分配了共享资源的TTI,可以在该TTI中配置一块大小一定的共享资源,例如,50Bytes。其中,这50Bytes中30Bytes的共享资源的优先级比较高。那么,当终端在需要使用该共享资源传输第一传输块时,首先确定优先级较高的30Bytes是否可以满足传输需求,当第一传输块的大小大于30Bytes且不超过50Bytes时,终端可使用上述50Bytes的共享资源传输第一传输块,相应的,当第一传输块的大小大于50Bytes时,终端可以继续等待直至满足条件的共享资源到来。Alternatively, as shown in (b) of FIG. 5B, for a TTI to which a shared resource is allocated, a shared resource of a certain size, for example, 50 Bytes, may be configured in the TTI. Among them, the shared resources of 30Bytes in these 50Bytes have higher priority. Then, when the terminal needs to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, first determine whether the higher priority 30 Bytes can meet the transmission requirement. When the size of the first transport block is greater than 30 Bytes and does not exceed 50 Bytes, the terminal may use the foregoing. The 50 Bytes shared resource transmits the first transport block. Correspondingly, when the size of the first transport block is greater than 50 Bytes, the terminal may continue to wait until the shared resource that meets the condition arrives.
又或者,如图5B中的(c)所示,对于分配了共享资源的TTI,在该TTI中配置的共享资源在时频空间内的大小是一定的,但是,当终端使用不同的调制编码方式(MCS)传输传输块时,其可承载的数据大小是不同的。例如,当终端使 用MCS 1传输传输块时,该共享资源可承载50Bytes的数据,当终端使用MCS 2传输传输块时,该共享资源可承载30Bytes的数据。这样,当终端在需要使用该共享资源传输第一传输块时,可根据第一传输块的大小,选择合适的MCS在该共享资源上传输。Or, as shown in (c) of FIG. 5B, for the TTI to which the shared resource is allocated, the size of the shared resource configured in the TTI in the time-frequency space is constant, but when the terminal uses different modulation codes When the mode (MCS) transmits a transport block, the size of data that it can carry is different. For example, when the terminal transmits the transport block using MCS 1, the shared resource can carry 50 Bytes of data, and when the terminal uses MCS 2 to transport the transport block, the shared resource can carry 30 Bytes of data. In this way, when the terminal needs to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, the appropriate MCS may be selected to be transmitted on the shared resource according to the size of the first transport block.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,如图6所示,对于某一个传输时间单元,无线接入设备可能在该传输时间单元内分配有多份共享资源,例如,图6中的共享资源1和共享资源2。那么,当终端在该传输时间单元上发送第一传输块时,可以在这多份共享资源中选择一份发送第一传输块。In another possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 6, for a certain transmission time unit, the wireless access device may allocate multiple shared resources in the transmission time unit, for example, the shared resource 1 in FIG. And share resources 2. Then, when the terminal sends the first transport block on the transmission time unit, one of the plurality of shared resources may be selected to send the first transport block.
例如,终端可以选资源起始位置最早的共享资源,即共享资源2,这样终端可以尽快使用共享资源2传输该第一传输块;或者,终端还可以选择资源结束位置最早的共享资源,即共享资源1,这样终端可以尽快发送完第一传输块;或者,终端还可以根据这多份共享资源的可靠性,选择靠性最高的一份共享资源传输第一传输块,以提高传输过程的可靠性,本发明实施例对此不作任何限定。For example, the terminal may select the shared resource with the earliest starting position of the resource, that is, the shared resource 2, so that the terminal can use the shared resource 2 to transmit the first transport block as soon as possible; or the terminal can also select the shared resource with the earliest end of the resource, that is, sharing. Resource 1, so that the terminal can send the first transport block as soon as possible; or, the terminal can select the most reliable shared resource to transmit the first transport block according to the reliability of the multiple shared resources, so as to improve the reliability of the transmission process. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
示例性的,如果一份共享资源位于频率较低的频带,则该共享资源的可靠性较高,否则,其可靠性较低;如果一份共享资源位于license(许可)频谱内,则该共享资源的可靠性较高,否则,其可靠性较低。Exemplarily, if a shared resource is located in a lower frequency band, the shared resource has higher reliability, otherwise, the reliability is lower; if a shared resource is located in the license spectrum, the sharing is The reliability of resources is high, otherwise, its reliability is low.
又或者,无线接入设备在为终端配置每一个共享资源时,可以同时配置每一个共享资源的优先级。每个共享资源的优先级的配置对于不同终端可以是不同的。例如,在图6中,共享资源1的优先级高于共享资源2的优先级,那么,终端在传输数据时,终端可以选择优先级最高的共享资源传输数据。可选地,如果优先级最高的共享资源传不完数据,则终端再选优先级次高的共享资源。这样,可以把多个终端要发送的URLLC数据平均分散到各个共享资源去,从而减小终端之间发生资源冲突的概率。Or, the wireless access device can simultaneously configure the priority of each shared resource when configuring each shared resource for the terminal. The configuration of the priority of each shared resource can be different for different terminals. For example, in FIG. 6, the priority of the shared resource 1 is higher than the priority of the shared resource 2, then, when the terminal transmits data, the terminal can select the shared resource with the highest priority to transmit data. Optionally, if the shared resource with the highest priority cannot transmit data, the terminal selects the shared resource with the second highest priority. In this way, the URLLC data to be sent by multiple terminals can be evenly distributed to each shared resource, thereby reducing the probability of resource conflict between terminals.
进一步地,仍如图6所示,如果终端选择共享资源1传输上述第一传输块,那么,剩余的共享资源1内的资源以及共享资源2(本发明实施例中称为剩余资源)是否可用于传输数据,或者用户传输什么数据,可以由协议规定或者由无线接入设备通过RRC信令或其它各层信令(例如物理层信令或MAC层信令)指示给终端。Further, as shown in FIG. 6, if the terminal selects the shared resource 1 to transmit the first transport block, then the resources in the remaining shared resource 1 and the shared resource 2 (referred to as remaining resources in the embodiment of the present invention) are available. The data is transmitted, or what data is transmitted by the user, which may be specified by the protocol or indicated by the wireless access device through RRC signaling or other layer signaling (eg, physical layer signaling or MAC layer signaling).
示例性的,如果协议规定或者无线接入设备设置上述剩余资源可用于传输终端缓存中剩余数据(例如,URLLC数据和/或MBB数据)。那么,终端可使用该剩余资源传输MBB数据;当然,如果终端使用共享资源1传输数据时,共享资源1内的资源不够,则优先使用剩余资源传输该数据。Illustratively, if the protocol specifies or the wireless access device sets the remaining resources described above, it can be used to transmit the remaining data in the terminal cache (eg, URLLC data and/or MBB data). Then, the terminal can use the remaining resources to transmit MBB data; of course, if the terminal uses the shared resource 1 to transmit data, if the resources in the shared resource 1 are insufficient, the remaining resources are preferentially used to transmit the data.
或者,如果协议规定或者无线接入设备设置上述剩余资源仅用于传输终端缓存中剩余的URLLC数据。那么,终端可使用该剩余资源传输URLLC数据,但无法传输MBB数据。Alternatively, if the protocol specifies or the wireless access device sets the above remaining resources only for transmitting the remaining URLLC data in the terminal buffer. Then, the terminal can use the remaining resources to transmit URLLC data, but cannot transmit MBB data.
又或者,如果协议规定或者无线接入设备设置上述剩余资源不能用于传输任何数据,那么,如果终端存在需要传输的数据,都需要等到下个可用资源(例如,共享资源或者调度资源)到来时再传输。需要说明的是,前面描述中以URLLC数据(优先级较高)和MBB数据(相比URLLC数据,MBB数据优先级较低)为例, 本领域技术人员可以理解,对于优先级不同的承载都适用,优先级较高的承载按照前述URLLC数据的处理方式,优先级较低的承载按照前述MBB数据的处理方式。Or, if the protocol stipulates or the wireless access device sets the foregoing remaining resources to be unable to transmit any data, if the terminal has data to be transmitted, it needs to wait until the next available resource (for example, a shared resource or a scheduling resource) arrives. Retransmitted. It should be noted that, in the foregoing description, URLLC data (higher priority) and MBB data (compared to URLLC data, MBB data have lower priority) are taken as an example, and those skilled in the art can understand that for different bearers with different priorities, Applicable, the bearer with higher priority is processed according to the foregoing URLLC data, and the bearer with lower priority is processed according to the foregoing MBB data.
另外,在终端使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块的过程中,还可以设置一个预置时间段,那么,如图7所示,在预置时间段内,终端可使用共享资源向无线接入设备逐一发送X次上述第一传输块,当超过上述预置时间段后,终端便可清空发送上述第一传输块的相关缓存,并停止使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块。In addition, in the process that the terminal sends the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the shared resource, a preset time period may also be set. Then, as shown in FIG. 7, the terminal may use the shared resource in the preset time period. Sending the first transport block X times to the wireless access device one by one, and after exceeding the preset time period, the terminal may clear the relevant cache of the first transport block, and stop using the shared resource to send the first to the wireless access device. A transport block.
这是因为,如果需要向无线接入设备发送传输块的终端较多,无线接入设备向上述终端反馈为其分配的专用资源的时间可能会有所延迟,但实际上无线接入设备已经为终端分配好发送第一传输块的专用资源了。此时,如果终端仍然使用共享资源继续传输第一传输块,可能会使得其他终端无法抢占到相应的共享资源发送数据。因此,通过设置上述预置时间段,可以使终端仅在预置时间段内使用上述共享资源传输第一传输块,一旦超过上述预置时间段,就不再使用上述共享资源传输第一传输块,而是等待使用无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源传输第一传输块。This is because, if there are many terminals that need to send a transport block to the wireless access device, the time for the wireless access device to feed back the dedicated resources allocated to the terminal may be delayed, but in reality the wireless access device is already The terminal allocates a dedicated resource for transmitting the first transport block. At this time, if the terminal continues to transmit the first transport block by using the shared resource, the other terminal may not be able to preempt the corresponding shared resource to send data. Therefore, by setting the preset time period, the terminal may use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block only within the preset time period, and once the preset time period is exceeded, the first transport block is not used to transmit the first transport block. Instead, it waits to transmit the first transport block for its assigned dedicated resource using the wireless access device.
例如,终端接收到来自应用层的待发送数据后,可以启动一个定时器(Discard Timer),在该定时器的计时期间内向无线接入设备发资源分配请求,并通过上述共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块,当该定时器超后,终端便不再向无线接入设备发资源分配请求,也不再通过上述共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块,而是等待使用无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源传输第一传输块。For example, after receiving the data to be sent from the application layer, the terminal may start a timer (Discard Timer), send a resource allocation request to the wireless access device during the time period of the timer, and send the wireless access through the shared resource. The device sends the first transport block. When the timer is exceeded, the terminal does not send a resource allocation request to the wireless access device, and does not send the first transport block to the wireless access device through the shared resource, but waits for the use. The wireless access device transmits the first transport block for its assigned dedicated resource.
示例性的,上述定时器的具体定时时间,可以以某个numerology的符号长度、以Ts为粒度,或者以NR中新引入的某个时间单位为粒度进行设置,该粒度可小于URLLC数据的TTI。For example, the specific timing of the timer may be set by the symbol length of a certain numerology, with a Ts granularity, or by a new time unit introduced in the NR, which may be smaller than the TTI of the URLLC data. .
其中,上述预置时间段可以是协议中预先定义好的;也可以是无线接入设备采用专用信令给终端发送的;也可以是无线接入设备通过广播消息通知给终端的;或者,无线接入设备还可以在广播消息中携带时间长度不等的多个预置时间段,这样,每个终端可以根据其传输的传输块的业务类型或优先级,从这多个预置时间段中确定自己所使用的预置时间段,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。The preset time period may be pre-defined in the protocol; or the wireless access device may send the terminal to the terminal by using a dedicated signaling; or the wireless access device may notify the terminal by using a broadcast message; or The access device may also carry multiple preset time periods of different lengths in the broadcast message, so that each terminal may be from the multiple preset time periods according to the service type or priority of the transport block it transmits. The embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on the preset time period used by the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例并不限定上述步骤101与步骤102之间的时序关系,终端可以先执行步骤101,再执行步骤102;也可以先执行步骤102,再执行步骤101;还可以同时执行步骤101和102,本发明实施例对此不作任何限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the timing relationship between the foregoing step 101 and the step 102 is not limited, and the terminal may perform step 101 first and then perform step 102; or step 102 may be performed first, and then step 101 may be performed; Steps 101 and 102 are performed at the same time, and the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
103、终端接收无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息,该资源分配信息用于指示终端传输第一传输块使用的专用资源。The terminal receives the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to instruct the terminal to transmit the dedicated resource used by the first transport block.
具体的,仍如图5A所示,当无线接入设备为该终端分配完其使用的专用资源后,向终端发送资源分配信息,该资源分配信息中具体可包括该专用资源的位置信息以及调制方式等参数,这样,终端接收到无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息后,便可根据该资源分配信息确定该专用资源分布在哪个或哪几个传输时间单元内,如图5A所示,该专用资源分布在传输时间单元6和传输时间单元8内,后续, 终端可在传输时间单元6和传输时间单元8内使用相应的专用资源,发送上述第一传输块。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5A, after the radio access device allocates the dedicated resource used by the terminal, the terminal allocates resource allocation information to the terminal, where the resource allocation information may specifically include location information and modulation of the dedicated resource. a parameter, such as a parameter, such that after receiving the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, the terminal may determine, according to the resource allocation information, which one or which transmission time units are distributed, as shown in FIG. 5A, The dedicated resources are distributed in the transmission time unit 6 and the transmission time unit 8, and subsequently, the terminal can transmit the first transmission block using the corresponding dedicated resources in the transmission time unit 6 and the transmission time unit 8.
需要说明的是,无线接入设备为终端配置的专用资源可能只允许终端发送一次上述第一传输块,也可以允许终端发送多次上述第一传输块。It should be noted that the dedicated resource configured by the wireless access device for the terminal may only allow the terminal to send the first transport block once, or may allow the terminal to send the first transport block multiple times.
如果允许终端发送多次第一传输块,那么,每次终端发送第一传输块使用的专用资源的位置位于不同的传输时间单元内,无线接入设备可以将专用资源所在的各个传输时间单元的信息携带在上述资源分配信息中通知给终端,例如,专用资源位于传输时间单元3和传输时间单元4内。后续,终端直接使用传输时间单元3和传输时间单元4内的专用资源分别向无线接入设备发送2次第一传输块。If the terminal is allowed to send the first transport block multiple times, the location of the dedicated resource used by the terminal to transmit the first transport block is located in different transmission time units, and the wireless access device may allocate the transmission time unit of the dedicated resource. The information is carried in the resource allocation information to notify the terminal, for example, the dedicated resource is located in the transmission time unit 3 and the transmission time unit 4. Subsequently, the terminal directly transmits the first transport block to the wireless access device twice using the dedicated resources in the transmission time unit 3 and the transmission time unit 4.
或者,如果允许终端发送多次第一传输块,也可以提前将预置的发送策略配置在终端内,例如,该发送策略可以为:在连续的4个传输时间单元内分别发送第一传输块,或者,以1个传输时间单元为间隔发送3次第一传输块等,此时,上述资源分配信息中包括终端在专用资源上第一次发送上述第一传输块时所在的传输时间单元的信息,后续,终端可根据上述资源分配信息以及发送策略,确定每次发送上述第一传输块的具体资源位置。Alternatively, if the terminal is allowed to send the first transport block multiple times, the preset sending policy may be configured in the terminal in advance. For example, the sending policy may be: sending the first transport block separately in consecutive 4 transmission time units. Or, the first transmission block or the like is transmitted three times at intervals of one transmission time unit. In this case, the resource allocation information includes a transmission time unit in which the terminal transmits the first transmission block for the first time on the dedicated resource. The information may be subsequently determined by the terminal according to the resource allocation information and the sending policy to determine a specific resource location of the first transport block.
另外,如果终端没有执行步骤101,即没有向无线接入设备发送资源分配请求,但是,如果无线接入设备根据终端使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送的第一传输块,能够确定出终端需要向无线接入设备发送数据,或者,无线接入设备通过其它途径能够确定出终端需要向无线接入设备发送数据,此时,也可以触发无线接入设备为终端分配专用资源,并通过资源分配信息将分配的专用资源指示给终端。In addition, if the terminal does not perform step 101, that is, the resource allocation request is not sent to the wireless access device, but if the wireless access device determines the terminal needs according to the first transport block sent by the terminal to the wireless access device by using the shared resource. Sending data to the wireless access device, or the wireless access device can determine that the terminal needs to send data to the wireless access device by using other means. In this case, the wireless access device can also be triggered to allocate dedicated resources to the terminal and allocate resources through the resource. The information indicates the assigned dedicated resources to the terminal.
104、终端使用目标资源向无线接入设备发送Y(Y≥0)次第一传输块,该目标资源包括上述专用资源。104. The terminal sends the first transmission block Y (Y≥0) times to the wireless access device by using the target resource, where the target resource includes the dedicated resource.
当然,如图5A所示,该目标资源中还可以包括共享资源。Of course, as shown in FIG. 5A, the target resource may also include a shared resource.
也就是说,终端获取到无线接入设备为其分配的专用资源后,可以仅使用该专用资源继续发送第一传输块,也可以同时使用专用资源和共享资源发送该第一传输块,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。That is, after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device, the first transport block may be continuously sent by using only the dedicated resource, and the first transport block may be sent by using the dedicated resource and the shared resource at the same time. The embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
需要说明的是,由于在终端在使用目标资源向无线接入设备发送Y次第一传输块之前,已经使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送了X次第一传输块,因此,在终端执行步骤104之前,有可能无线接入设备已经正确接收到了上述第一传输块,并向终端发送了第一传输块的应答响应,那么,终端此时无需再向无线接入设备发送第一传输块,即在步骤104中Y=0。It should be noted that, since the terminal has sent the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource before the terminal transmits the Y first transmission block to the wireless access device, the terminal performs the step at the terminal. Before 104, it is possible that the wireless access device has correctly received the first transport block and sent a response response of the first transport block to the terminal. Then, the terminal does not need to send the first transport block to the wireless access device at this time. That is, Y=0 in step 104.
另外,当终端使用目标资源向无线接入设备发送Y次第一传输块时,例如,终端在传输时间单元6上使用传输时间单元6内的目标资源发送第一传输块时,如果传输时间单元6内既包括专用资源,又包括共享资源,那么,由于专用资源不会与其他终端使用的资源发生冲突,因此,此时终端可优先使用传输时间单元6内的专用资源发送上述第一传输块。In addition, when the terminal transmits the first transmission block Y times to the wireless access device using the target resource, for example, when the terminal transmits the first transport block on the transmission time unit 6 using the target resource in the transmission time unit 6, if the transmission time unit 6 includes both the dedicated resource and the shared resource. Therefore, since the dedicated resource does not conflict with the resource used by other terminals, the terminal can preferentially use the dedicated resource in the transmission time unit 6 to send the first transport block. .
进一步地,当无线接入设备每次接收到终端发送的第一传输块时,都会将该第一传输块与之前接收到的第一传输块进行合并,并尝试对合并后的第一传输块进行解码,当无线接入设备正确解析出该第一传输块,即无线接入设备成功接收 到该第一传输块时,无线接入设备可以向终端发送第一传输块的应答响应,那么,终端若接收到该第一传输块的应答响应,便可以停止向无线接入设备发送上述第一传输块。Further, each time the wireless access device receives the first transport block sent by the terminal, the first transport block is merged with the previously received first transport block, and the merged first transport block is attempted. Decoding, when the wireless access device correctly parses the first transport block, that is, when the wireless access device successfully receives the first transport block, the wireless access device may send a response response of the first transport block to the terminal, then, After receiving the response response of the first transport block, the terminal may stop transmitting the first transport block to the wireless access device.
可选地,终端接收到该第一传输块的应答响应后,还可以清空缓存中的第一传输块。Optionally, after receiving the response response of the first transport block, the terminal may also clear the first transport block in the cache.
又或者,终端内还可以设置有定时器,该定时器设定的时间即为传输第一传输块的时延指标,那么,当终端第一次发送第一传输块时可触发终端开启该定时器,当该定时器超时时,表示终端发送第一传输块的时间超出了为其预设的时延指标,此时,无论无线接入设备是否成功接收到该第一传输块,终端均可停止向无线接入设备发送上述第一传输块,可选地,终端还可以清空缓存中的第一传输块。Or, a timer may be set in the terminal, and the time set by the timer is a delay indicator for transmitting the first transport block. Then, when the terminal sends the first transport block for the first time, the terminal may be triggered to start the timing. When the timer expires, it indicates that the time when the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds the preset delay indicator. At this time, regardless of whether the wireless access device successfully receives the first transport block, the terminal may Stop sending the first transport block to the wireless access device. Optionally, the terminal may also clear the first transport block in the cache.
又或者,终端还可以根据每次传输过程的成功概率,计算传输第一传输块时所需的传输次数N(N>0)。例如,假设URLLC数据在传输过程中的可靠性要求是99.999%,而每次传输过程的成功概率是90%,那么,当终端传输两次第一传输块时,可以达到99%的成功概率,当终端传输三次第一传输块时,可以达到99.9%的成功概率,……,当终端传输五次第一传输块时,可以达到99.999%的成功概率,即满足99.999%的可靠性要求。那么,无论终端使用共享资源和/或专用资源,只需要向无线接入设备发送五次第一传输块,便可以停止向无线接入设备发送上述第一传输块,可选地,终端还可以清空缓存中的第一传输块。Alternatively, the terminal may calculate the number of transmissions N (N>0) required to transmit the first transport block according to the probability of success of each transmission process. For example, if the reliability requirement of the URLLC data in the transmission process is 99.999%, and the probability of success of each transmission process is 90%, then when the terminal transmits the first transmission block twice, the success probability of 99% can be achieved. When the terminal transmits the first transport block three times, the success probability of 99.9% can be achieved. When the terminal transmits the first transport block five times, the success probability of 99.999% can be achieved, that is, the reliability requirement of 99.999% is satisfied. Then, whether the terminal uses the shared resource and/or the dedicated resource, and only needs to send the first transport block five times to the wireless access device, the first transport block may be stopped from being sent to the wireless access device. Optionally, the terminal may also Empty the first transport block in the cache.
当然,每次传输过程的成功概率可能是不同的,假设第一次传输过程的成功概率p1,第二次传输过程的成功概率p2,……,第N次传输过程的成功概率pN,那么,根据公式:(1-p1)(1-p2)…(1-pN)<预设的失败概率,就可以确定出N的具体取值,即传输第一传输块时所需的传输次数。Of course, the probability of success of each transmission process may be different, assuming the probability of success p1 of the first transmission process, the probability of success of the second transmission process p2, ..., the probability of success of the Nth transmission process pN, then, According to the formula: (1-p1)(1-p2)...(1-pN)< preset failure probability, the specific value of N can be determined, that is, the number of transmissions required when transmitting the first transport block.
也就是说,当步骤102中发送的第一传输块的次数X,与步骤104中发送的第一传输块的次数Y之和大于或等于N时,终端便可以停止向无线接入设备发送上述第一传输块。那么,如果步骤102中发送的第一传输块的次数X=N时,终端也无需再使用目标资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块,即在步骤104中Y=0。That is, when the sum of the number X of the first transport block transmitted in step 102 and the number Y of the first transport block sent in step 104 is greater than or equal to N, the terminal may stop transmitting the above to the wireless access device. The first transport block. Then, if the number of times of the first transport block sent in step 102 is X=N, the terminal does not need to use the target resource to send the first transport block to the wireless access device, that is, Y=0 in step 104.
另外,终端还可以将上述计算出的传输次数N上报给无线接入设备。终端可以采用上述方法确定传输次数,但不限于采用上述方法确定传输次数,其它方法还可以包括终端的应用层配置的传输次数,其中终端的应用层可以由终端的用户来进行操作。另外,终端可以通过RRC消息、MAC层消息、RLC层消息、PDCP层消息、SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol)层消息、物理层消息等各层指示将传输次数上报无线接入设备。这样,无线接入设备在接收到N次第一传输块后,便可以不再监听终端是否传输该第一传输块,从而节省无线接入设备的开销。In addition, the terminal may report the calculated number of transmissions N to the wireless access device. The terminal may determine the number of transmissions by using the foregoing method, but is not limited to determining the number of transmissions by using the foregoing method. Other methods may further include the number of transmissions of the application layer configuration of the terminal, where the application layer of the terminal may be operated by the user of the terminal. In addition, the terminal may report the number of transmissions to the wireless access device through various layers, such as an RRC message, a MAC layer message, an RLC layer message, a PDCP layer message, a SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol) layer message, and a physical layer message. In this way, after receiving the first transmission block N times, the wireless access device can no longer monitor whether the terminal transmits the first transmission block, thereby saving the overhead of the wireless access device.
以上均以终端传输第一传输块为例进行说明,在实际传输过程中,终端可能需要传输多个传输块,如图8A所示,在终端使用上述共享资源传输第一传输块的过程中,例如,终端使用传输时间单元1内的共享资源传输了第一传输块,此时,如果终端在传输时间单元2内获取到第二传输块的传输请求,那么,终端可继续使用传输时间单元2内的共享资源传输第一传输块,而不是使用传输时间单元2 内的共享资源传输第二传输块,这样可以保证已经开始传输的第一传输块的传输时延不会因为第二传输块的传输而增加。The foregoing is an example in which the terminal transmits the first transport block. In the actual transmission process, the terminal may need to transmit multiple transport blocks. As shown in FIG. 8A, in the process of using the foregoing shared resource to transmit the first transport block, For example, the terminal transmits the first transport block using the shared resource in the transmission time unit 1. At this time, if the terminal acquires the transmission request of the second transport block in the transmission time unit 2, the terminal can continue to use the transmission time unit 2 The shared resource within the first transmission block transmits the second transport block instead of using the shared resource in the transmission time unit 2, so that the transmission delay of the first transport block that has started to transmit is not due to the second transport block. Increased by transmission.
在另一种应用场景中,当终端获取到无线接入设备配置的专用资源后,如果获取到新的传输块,例如上述第二传输块的传输请求,此时,终端还可以根据在该专用资源上可传输的传输块的大小以及之前在共享资源上传输的传输块的大小,确定是否传输该第二传输块。In another application scenario, after the terminal acquires the dedicated resource configured by the wireless access device, if the new transport block is obtained, for example, the transmission request of the second transport block, the terminal may also be in the dedicated The size of the transport block that can be transmitted on the resource and the size of the transport block previously transmitted on the shared resource determine whether to transmit the second transport block.
例如,当在上述专用资源上可传输的传输块的大小大于之前在共享资源上传输的传输块的大小时,终端在上述专用资源上除了可传输原来的第一传输块外,还可以传一部分第二传输块。这种情况下,终端可以在专用资源上传输两个传输块,也可以只传输一个传输块。那么,无线接入设备在收到该专用资源上的数据后,无线接入设备的RLC层能够确定出还有没传完的传输块,因此,无线接入设备可继续为终端配置专用资源。如图8B所示,在第一种情况中,一个TB使用共享传输资源时,可以容纳包1的数据和包2的段A数据,无法容纳包2的段B数据。在第二种情况中,一个TB可以使用无线接入设备调度的专用资源时,这个TB所分配的专用资源足够容纳下包1和包2,但是这个TB容纳了包1和包2的段A,而不容纳包2的段B,而剩余资源填满填充(pad)数据(例如为0的一组数)。在第三种情况中,一个TB可以使用无线接入设备调度的专用资源时,这个TB所分配的专用资源足够容纳下包1和包2,这个TB容纳了包1和包2,其中,包2的段A和段B是分段容纳到这个TB中的。第四种情况,一个TB可以使用无线接入设备调度的专用资源时,这个TB所分配的专用资源足够容纳下包1和包2,包2的段A和包2组合成一个包2容纳到这个TB中的。For example, when the size of the transport block transmittable on the dedicated resource is larger than the size of the transport block previously transmitted on the shared resource, the terminal may transmit a part of the dedicated resource on the dedicated resource in addition to the original first transport block. The second transport block. In this case, the terminal can transmit two transport blocks on a dedicated resource or only one transport block. Then, after the wireless access device receives the data on the dedicated resource, the RLC layer of the wireless access device can determine that there is still a transport block that has not been transmitted. Therefore, the wireless access device can continue to configure a dedicated resource for the terminal. As shown in FIG. 8B, in the first case, when a TB uses a shared transmission resource, it can accommodate the data of the packet 1 and the segment A data of the packet 2, and cannot accommodate the segment B data of the packet 2. In the second case, when a TB can use a dedicated resource scheduled by the wireless access device, the dedicated resource allocated by the TB is sufficient to accommodate the lower packet 1 and the packet 2, but the TB accommodates the segment A of the packet 1 and the packet 2 The segment B of packet 2 is not accommodated, and the remaining resources are filled with pad data (for example, a set of numbers of 0). In the third case, when a TB can use a dedicated resource scheduled by the wireless access device, the dedicated resource allocated by the TB is sufficient to accommodate the lower packet 1 and the packet 2, and the TB accommodates the packet 1 and the packet 2, wherein the packet Segment A and Segment B of 2 are segmented into this TB. In the fourth case, when a TB can use a dedicated resource scheduled by the wireless access device, the dedicated resource allocated by the TB is sufficient to accommodate the next packet 1 and the packet 2, and the segment A and the packet 2 of the packet 2 are combined into one packet 2 to be accommodated In this TB.
又例如,当在上述专用资源上可传输的传输块的大小等于之前在共享资源上传输的传输块的大小时,终端在上述专用资源上仅可传输一个完整的第一传输块。这时,无线接入设备也无法获知第二传输块的传输需求,那么,第二传输块可按照上述传输方法通过共享资源进行传输。这种情况下,终端被分配了上行传输资源,如何将数据放到TB中(又称为Logical Channel Prioritization procedure,逻辑信道排序流程)时,视为重传,不会在这种重传的传输块中加入MAC元素的内容。For another example, when the size of the transport block transmittable on the dedicated resource is equal to the size of the transport block previously transmitted on the shared resource, the terminal can transmit only one complete first transport block on the dedicated resource. At this time, the wireless access device cannot know the transmission requirement of the second transport block, and then the second transport block can be transmitted through the shared resource according to the foregoing transmission method. In this case, the terminal is allocated uplink transmission resources, and how to put the data into the TB (also known as Logical Channel Prioritization procedure) is regarded as retransmission and will not be transmitted in this retransmission. The content of the MAC element is added to the block.
又例如,当在上述专用资源上可传输的传输块的大小小于之前在共享资源上传输的传输块的大小时,终端在上述专用资源上仅可传输第一传输块的一部分,那么,无线接入设备在收到该专用资源上的数据后,可确定出还有没传完的传输块,因此,无线接入设备可继续为终端配置专用资源,那么,第二传输块可以与上述第一传输块中的剩余分段一起在后续无线接入设备配置的专用资源上传输。For another example, when the size of the transport block transmittable on the dedicated resource is smaller than the size of the transport block previously transmitted on the shared resource, the terminal can only transmit a part of the first transport block on the dedicated resource, then the wireless connection After receiving the data on the dedicated resource, the ingress device may determine that there is still a transport block that has not been transmitted. Therefore, the radio access device may continue to configure a dedicated resource for the terminal, and then the second transport block may be the first The remaining segments in the transport block are transmitted together on dedicated resources configured by subsequent wireless access devices.
在另一种应用场景中,如图8C所示,可以将同一时刻的共享资源(或专用资源)划分为初传区域和重传区域,这样,如果在同一时间内同时有需要初传的传输块和需要重传的传输块需要发送,则终端可以同时在重传区域传输需要重传的传输块(例如上述第一传输块),并在初传区域传输需要初传的传输块(例如上述第二传输块)。In another application scenario, as shown in FIG. 8C, the shared resource (or dedicated resource) at the same time may be divided into an initial transmission area and a retransmission area, so that if there is a transmission that needs to be initially transmitted at the same time. The block and the transport block to be retransmitted need to be transmitted, and the terminal can simultaneously transmit the transport block that needs to be retransmitted (for example, the first transport block described above) in the retransmission area, and transmit the transport block that needs to be initially transmitted in the initial transmission area (for example, the above Second transport block).
其中,初传区域和重传区域的划分可以通过静态或者半静态的方式配置给终端。在静态的方式中,无线接入设备在终端接入时就通过高层信令/物理层信令通 知给终端上述初传区域和重传区域的具体位置。在半静态的方式中,无线接入设备可以根据业务类型调整上述初传区域和重传区域的大小,并通过高层信令/物理层信令通知给终端上述初传区域和重传区域的具体位置,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。The division between the initial transmission area and the retransmission area may be configured to the terminal in a static or semi-static manner. In the static mode, the radio access device informs the terminal of the specific location of the initial transmission area and the retransmission area through the high layer signaling/physical layer signaling when the terminal accesses. In a semi-static manner, the radio access device may adjust the size of the first-time transmission area and the re-transmission area according to the service type, and notify the terminal of the initial transmission area and the retransmission area by using high-layer signaling/physical layer signaling. The position of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
进一步地,由于无线接入设备无法确定每次接收到的传输块具体是终端哪一次发送的哪个传输块,因此,终端在发送不同传输块时可通过不同的HARQ process(进程)与无线接入设备进行交互,每一个传输块与一个HARQ process对应,这样,无线接入设备可以将接收到HARQ process ID相同的传输块作为同一个传输块,例如,第一传输块,后续,无线接入设备对HARQ process ID相同的传输块进行数据合并和解码,从而正确接收上述第一传输块。Further, since the wireless access device cannot determine which transport block is received each time the transport block is specifically transmitted, the terminal can pass different HARQ processes and wireless access when transmitting different transport blocks. The device interacts, and each transport block corresponds to a HARQ process, so that the radio access device can receive the transport block with the same HARQ process ID as the same transport block, for example, the first transport block, the subsequent, the wireless access device. Data combining and decoding are performed on the transport blocks having the same HARQ process ID, so that the first transport block is correctly received.
那么,在上述步骤102中,终端使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块时,终端可以随机确定一个HARQ process ID,或者,终端可以根据共享资源所在传输时间单元的位置确定一个HARQ process ID,然后使用该HARQ process ID在共享资源上发送第一传输块。Then, in the foregoing step 102, when the terminal sends the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource, the terminal may randomly determine a HARQ process ID, or the terminal may determine one according to the location of the transmission time unit where the shared resource is located. The HARQ process ID is then used to send the first transport block on the shared resource using the HARQ process ID.
示例性的,可以预先设置不同子帧与HARQ process ID之间的对应关系,那么,当终端确定了上次传输第一传输块的共享资源所在的子帧后,便可以根据上述对应关系确定出本次传输第一传输块时所使用的HARQ process ID,从而实现第一传输块的重传。对于上次传输和本次传输时使用的HARQ process ID相同。Exemplarily, the correspondence between the different subframes and the HARQ process ID may be set in advance. Then, after the terminal determines the subframe in which the shared resource of the first transport block is last transmitted, the terminal may determine the corresponding relationship according to the foregoing correspondence. The HARQ process ID used when the first transport block is transmitted, thereby implementing retransmission of the first transport block. The HARQ process ID used for the last transmission and this transmission is the same.
而在上述步骤103中,终端从无线接入设备接收的资源分配信息中可以携带有HARQ process ID,如果该HARQ process ID与终端在共享资源上发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID相同,则终端可继续使用该HARQ process ID在专用资源上发送第一传输块。如果该HARQ process ID与终端在共享资源上发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID不同,例如,资源分配信息中携带的HARQ process ID为2,而终端在共享资源上发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID为3,此时,终端可以将与3号HARQ process对应的内容复制到2号HARQ process内,进而使用2号HARQ process在专用资源上发送第一传输块。In the above step 103, the resource allocation information received by the terminal from the radio access device may carry the HARQ process ID. If the HARQ process ID is the same as the HARQ process ID used by the terminal to send the first transport block on the shared resource, The terminal may continue to transmit the first transport block on the dedicated resource using the HARQ process ID. If the HARQ process ID is different from the HARQ process ID used by the terminal to send the first transport block on the shared resource, for example, the HARQ process ID carried in the resource allocation information is 2, and the terminal sends the first transport block on the shared resource. The HARQ process ID is 3. At this time, the terminal can copy the content corresponding to the No. 3 HARQ process into the HARQ process No. 2, and then send the first transport block on the dedicated resource by using the No. 2 HARQ process.
当然,资源分配信息中没有携带HARQ process ID,那么,终端可以仍然沿用在共享资源上发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID,发送上述第一传输块。Certainly, the resource allocation information does not carry the HARQ process ID, and the terminal may still send the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block on the shared resource.
进一步地,在终端每次使用共享资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块之前,可以先在待发送的第一传输块内插入第一指示信息,该第一指示信息包括本次终端传输第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID和NDI(New Data ID,新数据标识)。其中,HARQ process ID用于指示终端传输第一传输块使用的HARQ process是哪一个,NDI用于指示终端传输的第一传输块为新数据还是重传数据。Further, before the terminal sends the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the shared resource, the first indication information may be inserted in the first transport block to be sent, where the first indication information includes the current terminal transmission. The HARQ process ID and NDI (New Data ID) used by a transport block. The HARQ process ID is used to indicate which one of the HARQ processes used by the terminal to transmit the first transport block, and the NDI is used to indicate whether the first transport block transmitted by the terminal is new data or retransmitted data.
示例性的,终端的MAC(Media Access Control,介质访问控制)实体确定使用共享资源传输第一传输块后,还可以确定本次传输的第一传输块为新数据还是重复传输的重传数据,以及使用哪个HARQ process ID传输第一传输块,然后,终端的MAC实体将这些信息发送给终端的物理层,如图9所示,物理层实体将第一传输块映射到与上述共享资源对应的物理资源后,再选取一些资源位置进行打孔(puncturing),在打孔的位置插入HARQ process ID和NDI,即插入第一指示 信息。Exemplarily, after the MAC (Media Access Control) entity of the terminal determines to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, it may also determine whether the first transport block of the current transmission is new data or retransmitted data. And transmitting, by using the HARQ process ID, the first transport block, and then the MAC entity of the terminal sends the information to the physical layer of the terminal. As shown in FIG. 9, the physical layer entity maps the first transport block to the corresponding shared resource. After the physical resources, some resource locations are selected for puncturing, and the HARQ process ID and NDI are inserted at the punched positions, that is, the first indication information is inserted.
无线接入设备收到上述携带有第一指示信息的传输块后,可根据打孔处插入的第一指示信息,确定第一传输块为新数据还是重传数据,如果是重传数据,就发送到与HARQ process ID对应的HARQ process处进行数据合并,如果是新数据,可将该第一传输块缓存至与其HARQ process ID对应的缓存中,等待与后续重传的第一传输块进行数据合并。After receiving the foregoing transport block carrying the first indication information, the wireless access device may determine whether the first transport block is new data or retransmit data according to the first indication information inserted at the punching hole, and if the data is retransmitted, Sending to the HARQ process corresponding to the HARQ process ID for data merging. If it is new data, the first transport block may be buffered into a cache corresponding to the HARQ process ID, and waiting for data to be transmitted with the first transport block of the subsequent retransmission. merge.
另外,上述第一指示信息中还可以携带冗余版本信息,该冗余版本信息用于指示恢复被打孔的数据时使用的冗余版本。当然,也可以在无线接入设备内预先设置上述冗余版本信息,此时,无需在第一指示信息中携带冗余版本信息,无线接入设备接收到上述第一指示信息后可直接根据预先设置的上述冗余版本信息恢复被打孔的数据。In addition, the first indication information may further carry redundancy version information, where the redundancy version information is used to indicate a redundancy version used when restoring the punctured data. Certainly, the foregoing redundancy version information may be preset in the wireless access device. In this case, the first indication information does not need to carry the redundancy version information, and the wireless access device may directly receive the first indication information according to the foregoing. The above redundant version information is set to recover the punctured data.
当然,终端也可以通过上行控制信道将上述第一指示信息通过上行控制信令通知给无线接入设备,或者,通过DMRS的cyclic shift或CRC掩码等隐式的方法将上述第一指示信息通知给无线接入设备,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。Certainly, the terminal may also notify the first indication information to the radio access device by using the uplink control signaling by using the uplink control channel, or notify the first indication information by using an implicit method such as a cyclic shift or a CRC mask of the DMRS. The embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on the wireless access device.
可选的,本发明实施例中,在无线接入设备为终端分配共享资源时,可以为同一个终端在不同小区内分配不同的共享资源,例如,终端1同时属于小区1和小区2,无线接入设备同时为小区1和小区2服务,那么,无线接入设备为小区1内的终端1-终端3分配了共享资源1,为小区2内的终端1和终端4分配了共享资源2,此时,终端1拥有两份共享资源,即与小区1对应的共享资源1,以及与小区2对应的共享资源2。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the wireless access device allocates the shared resource to the terminal, the same terminal may allocate different shared resources in different cells. For example, the terminal 1 belongs to the cell 1 and the cell 2 at the same time. The access device serves the cell 1 and the cell 2 at the same time. Then, the radio access device allocates the shared resource 1 to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3 in the cell 1, and allocates the shared resource 2 to the terminal 1 and the terminal 4 in the cell 2. At this time, the terminal 1 has two shared resources, that is, the shared resource 1 corresponding to the cell 1, and the shared resource 2 corresponding to the cell 2.
那么,仍以上述第一传输块为例,如图10所示,终端使用与小区1对应的共享资源1第一次发送第一传输块后,如果短时间内终端在小区1内没有共享资源,或者,终端没有获取到无线接入设备分配的专用资源,此时,终端可以使用与小区2对应的共享资源2重复发送上述第一传输块。Then, the first transmission block is still taken as an example. As shown in FIG. 10, after the terminal uses the shared resource 1 corresponding to the cell 1 to transmit the first transmission block for the first time, if the terminal does not share resources in the cell 1 in a short time. Or, the terminal does not obtain the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device. At this time, the terminal may repeatedly send the first transport block by using the shared resource 2 corresponding to the cell 2.
此时,第一指示信息中还携带有终端最近一次传输第一传输块时所属的小区标识。如图10所示,此时第一指示信息中还携带有小区1的标识,即告知无线接入设备上一次终端传输第一传输块时使用的是与小区1对应的共享资源。At this time, the first indication information further carries the cell identifier to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block last time. As shown in FIG. 10, the first indication information also carries the identifier of the cell 1, that is, the wireless access device is notified that the last time the terminal transmits the first transport block, the shared resource corresponding to the cell 1 is used.
这样,无线接入设备在接收到该第一指示信息后,可以将本次通过小区2对应的共享资源2接收到的第一传输块,与通过小区1对应的共享资源1接收到的第一传输块进行数据合并。In this way, after receiving the first indication information, the radio access device may receive the first transport block received by the shared resource 2 corresponding to the cell 2 and the first received by the shared resource 1 corresponding to the cell 1. The transport block performs data merging.
可选的,还可以预先配置给终端配置其对应小区的专属小区标识,例如,终端1对应小区1和小区2,那么,对于终端1而言,可以配置小区1的专属小区标识为0,小区2的专属小区标识为1。此时,可用上述专属小区标识代替第一指示信息中小区的标识,这样,由于上述专属小区标识的长度远小于小区的标识的长度,因此,可进一步节省传输块传输过程中的空口资源。Optionally, the terminal may be configured with a dedicated cell identifier of the corresponding cell, for example, the terminal 1 corresponds to the cell 1 and the cell 2, and then, for the terminal 1, the dedicated cell identifier of the cell 1 may be configured as 0, and the cell The exclusive cell ID of 2 is 1. At this time, the identifier of the cell in the first indication information may be replaced by the above-mentioned dedicated cell identifier. Therefore, since the length of the dedicated cell identifier is much smaller than the length of the identifier of the cell, the air interface resource in the transmission process of the transport block may be further saved.
又或者,终端可以设置一套HARQ process专门用于在共享资源上传输数据,无论在哪个小区,均使用这一套HARQ process在共享资源上传输数据。那么,在如图10所示的应用场景下,由于终端在小区1和小区2中发送第一传输块时使用的是同一套HARQ process,因此,终端发送的第一指示信息中无需携带小区1的 标识,仅需携带在小区1发送第一传输块时使用的HARQ process ID即可。Alternatively, the terminal may set a set of HARQ processes dedicated to transmitting data on the shared resource, and use the HARQ process to transmit data on the shared resource regardless of the cell. Then, in the application scenario shown in FIG. 10, since the terminal uses the same set of HARQ processes when transmitting the first transport block in the cell 1 and the cell 2, the first indication information sent by the terminal does not need to carry the cell 1 The identifier of the HARQ process ID used when the first transport block is sent by the cell 1 needs to be carried.
上述实施例中以打孔的方式,由终端向无线接入设备指示每次传输的第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID。In the above embodiment, the terminal instructs the wireless access device to indicate the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block for each transmission.
在另一种可能的设计方式中,虽然无线接入设备并不知道终端在使用共享资源发送第一传输块时使用的HARQ process ID,但是,无线接入设备可以在向终端发送的资源分配信息中携带第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端重复发送在第K(K≥0)个传输时间单元内传输的第一传输块,第K个传输时间单元为位于接收资源分配信息的传输时间单元之前的一个传输时间单元。In another possible design manner, although the wireless access device does not know the HARQ process ID used by the terminal when transmitting the first transport block by using the shared resource, the wireless access device may allocate the resource information to the terminal. The second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal repeatedly transmits the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth (K≥0) transmission time unit, and the Kth transmission time unit is located in the receiving resource allocation information. A transmission time unit before the transmission time unit.
这样,终端接收到上述资源分配信息后,可根据携带的第二指示信息,在无线接入设备分配的专用资源上,使用在第K个传输时间单元内发送第一传输块时使用的HARQ process ID发送该第一传输块。也就是说,无线接入设备可以通过第二指示信息隐式的向终端指示发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID。After receiving the resource allocation information, the terminal may use the HARQ process used when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device according to the carried second indication information. The ID transmits the first transport block. That is, the wireless access device may implicitly instruct the terminal to send the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block by using the second indication information.
示例性的,如图11所示,终端向无线接入设备发送资源分配请求后,使用共享资源发送3次第一传输块,当终端接收到无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息时,该资源分配信息中除了包括为终端分配的专用资源的位置等相关信息,还包括第二指示信息,例如,该第二指示信息为:重传W-3传输时间单元内的数据。此时,上述第K个传输时间单元即为该W-3传输时间单元,也就是说,无线接入设备指示终端重传以当前接收到资源分配信息的传输时间单元(即传输时间单元3)为基准,向前偏移3个传输时间单元,即在传输时间单元0内发送的数据。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 11 , after the terminal sends a resource allocation request to the wireless access device, the terminal transmits the first transmission block three times using the shared resource, and when the terminal receives the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, the resource is used. The allocation information includes, in addition to related information such as a location of the dedicated resource allocated for the terminal, second indication information, for example, the second indication information is: retransmitting data in the W-3 transmission time unit. At this time, the Kth transmission time unit is the W-3 transmission time unit, that is, the radio access device instructs the terminal to retransmit the transmission time unit that currently receives the resource allocation information (ie, the transmission time unit 3). For the reference, 3 transmission time units are forwardly shifted, that is, data transmitted in transmission time unit 0.
那么,终端在收到该第二指示信息后,便可以在无线接入设备分配的专用资源上,使用在传输时间单元0内发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID,发送第一传输块。Then, after receiving the second indication information, the terminal may send the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID used by the first transport block in the transmission time unit 0 on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device.
另外,也可以以无线接入设备分配的专用资源所在的传输时间单元,即图11中的传输时间单元5,为基准确定上述第K个传输时间单元,此时,如图11所示,第K个传输时间单元,即W-3传输时间单元是指:以专用资源所在的传输时间单元5为基准向前偏移3个传输时间单元,即传输时间单元2。In addition, the Kth transmission time unit may be determined based on the transmission time unit in which the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device is located, that is, the transmission time unit 5 in FIG. 11, and at this time, as shown in FIG. The K transmission time unit, that is, the W-3 transmission time unit, refers to: shifting three transmission time units, that is, transmission time unit 2, forward by using the transmission time unit 5 where the dedicated resource is located.
当然,如果无线接入设备在为终端分配专用资源时,已经解析出终端之前使用共享资源发送第一传输块使用的HARQ process ID,那么,可以在第二指示信息中直接携带解析出的HARQ process ID即可,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。Of course, if the radio access device allocates the dedicated resource for the terminal, and has already parsed the HARQ process ID used by the terminal to use the shared resource to transmit the first transport block, the HARQ process can be directly carried in the second indication information. The ID is sufficient, and the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation on this.
又或者,如果预先设置有不同子帧与HARQ process ID之间的对应关系,那么,无线接入设备接收到终端传输的第一传输块时,便可以根据其所在的子帧确定出终端使用的HARQ process ID,例如,HARQ process ID为3。那么,无线接入设备可直接在第二指示信息中指示终端使用HARQ process ID为3的HARQ process在专用资源上传输该第一传输块。Or, if the correspondence between the different subframes and the HARQ process ID is set in advance, when the wireless access device receives the first transport block transmitted by the terminal, the wireless access device may determine, according to the subframe in which the terminal is located, the terminal uses The HARQ process ID, for example, the HARQ process ID is 3. Then, the wireless access device may directly indicate, in the second indication information, that the terminal transmits the first transport block on the dedicated resource by using the HARQ process with the HARQ process ID of 3.
此外,无线接入设备也可以通过PHICH信道发送ACK/NACK,以通知终端是否正确接收在共享资源上收到的传输块。如果正确接收,无线接入设备向终端发送ACK,否则向终端发送NACK。那么,如果终端收到的是NACK,则可根据NACK所在的子帧号,向后推一定个数的子帧,重传该第一传输块。In addition, the wireless access device may also send an ACK/NACK through the PHICH channel to inform the terminal whether to correctly receive the transport block received on the shared resource. If correctly received, the wireless access device sends an ACK to the terminal, otherwise it sends a NACK to the terminal. Then, if the terminal receives the NACK, the subframe may be pushed back by a certain number of subframes according to the subframe number of the NACK, and the first transport block may be retransmitted.
又或者,可通过协议约定或RRC信令预先配置一个固定的时间间隔,例如 30ms。那么,无线接入设备在共享资源上收到终端传输的第一传输块后开始计时,如果在30ms内不能正确解出第一传输块中的数据,则向终端发送如图11所示的资源分配信息,这样,终端向前推算30ms,便可以确定出30ms前发送该第一传输块时使用的HARQ process ID,进而,在接收到资源分配信息30ms后使用相同的HARQ process ID重传第一传输块。Alternatively, a fixed time interval, for example 30 ms, may be pre-configured by protocol agreement or RRC signaling. Then, the radio access device starts timing after receiving the first transport block transmitted by the terminal on the shared resource, and if the data in the first transport block cannot be correctly solved within 30 ms, the resource shown in FIG. 11 is sent to the terminal. The information is allocated so that the terminal forwards 30 ms to determine the HARQ process ID used to transmit the first transport block before 30 ms, and then retransmits the first HARQ process ID after receiving the resource allocation information for 30 ms. Transport block.
进一步地,若在一个子帧内的不同子频带上为终端分配了多个共享资源(如图6所示),此时,上述第二指示信息可以为:重传W-3传输时间单元内在M号子频带上的数据。这样,终端收到上述第二指示信息后,通过确定自己在W-3传输时间单元的M号子频带上发送数据使用的HARQ process ID,确定后续继续使用这个HARQ process ID重传第一传输块。Further, if a plurality of shared resources are allocated to the terminal in different sub-bands in one sub-frame (as shown in FIG. 6), the second indication information may be: retransmitting the W-3 transmission time unit. Data on the sub-band of M. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal determines to retransmit the first transport block by using the HARQ process ID by determining the HARQ process ID used by the user to transmit data in the M sub-band of the W-3 transmission time unit. .
另外,当无线接入设备为终端在不同小区内都分配有共享资源时,如图12所示,传输时间单元0上设置有与小区1对应的共享资源,终端在传输时间单元0上第一次发送第一传输块,如果无线接入设备确定小区1内没有可用的专用资源,而小区2内有可用的专用资源(即传输时间单元5上的专用资源),那么,无线接入设备可以为终端分配在小区2内的专用资源,此时,资源分配信息中携带的第二指示信息中还包括:终端在上述第K个传输时间单元内传输第一传输块时所属的小区标识。例如,此时第二指示信息可以为:重传在小区1中的W-5传输时间单元内的数据,其中,W-5传输时间单元是指:以专用资源所在的传输时间单元5为基准向前偏移5个传输时间单元,即传输时间单元0。In addition, when the radio access device allocates a shared resource to the terminal in different cells, as shown in FIG. 12, the shared resource corresponding to the cell 1 is set on the transmission time unit 0, and the terminal is first on the transmission time unit 0. Transmitting the first transport block, if the radio access device determines that there is no dedicated resource available in the cell 1, and there is a dedicated resource available in the cell 2 (ie, a dedicated resource on the transmission time unit 5), then the radio access device may The terminal allocates a dedicated resource in the cell 2, and the second indication information carried in the resource allocation information further includes: a cell identifier to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit. For example, the second indication information may be: retransmitting data in the W-5 transmission time unit in the cell 1, where the W-5 transmission time unit refers to: using the transmission time unit 5 where the dedicated resource is located as a reference. Forward 5 transmission time units, that is, transmission time unit 0.
也就是说,此时无线接入设备为终端分配的专用资源位于小区2,而无线接入设备需要终端重传的数据为曾经在小区1内的W-5传输时间单元上传输的第一传输块。That is to say, at this time, the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal is located in the cell 2, and the data that the wireless access device needs to retransmit the terminal is the first transmission that is transmitted on the W-5 transmission time unit in the cell 1. Piece.
与图11类似的,如果预先设置有不同子帧与HARQ process ID之间的对应关系。这种对应关系可以是一个小区的子帧与终端的一组HARQ process ID对应关系,也可以是多个小区的子帧与终端的一组HARQ process ID的对应关系。那么,无线接入设备接收到终端传输的第一传输块时,便可以根据其所在的子帧确定出终端使用的HARQ process ID,例如,HARQ process ID为3。那么,无线接入设备可直接在第二指示信息中指示终端使用HARQ process ID为3的HARQ process在小区2的专用资源上传输该第一传输块。Similar to FIG. 11, if a correspondence between different subframes and a HARQ process ID is set in advance. The corresponding relationship may be a correspondence between a subframe of a cell and a group of HARQ process IDs of the terminal, or may be a correspondence between a subframe of the multiple cells and a group of HARQ process IDs of the terminal. Then, when receiving the first transport block transmitted by the terminal, the radio access device can determine the HARQ process ID used by the terminal according to the subframe in which the terminal is located, for example, the HARQ process ID is 3. Then, the wireless access device may directly indicate, in the second indication information, that the terminal transmits the first transport block on the dedicated resource of the cell 2 by using the HARQ process with the HARQ process ID of 3.
又或者,可通过协议约定或RRC信令预先配置一个固定的时间间隔,例如30ms。那么,无线接入设备在共享资源上收到终端传输的第一传输块后开始计时,如果在30ms内不能正确解出第一传输块中的数据,则向终端发送如图12所示的资源分配信息,这样,终端向前推算30ms,便可以确定出30ms前发送该第一传输块时使用的HARQ process ID,进而,在接收到资源分配信息30ms后使用相同的HARQ process ID在小区2重传第一传输块。Alternatively, a fixed time interval, for example 30 ms, may be pre-configured by protocol agreement or RRC signaling. Then, the radio access device starts timing after receiving the first transport block transmitted by the terminal on the shared resource, and if the data in the first transport block cannot be correctly solved within 30 ms, the resource shown in FIG. 12 is sent to the terminal. The information is allocated such that the terminal forwards 30 ms to determine the HARQ process ID used to transmit the first transport block before 30 ms, and then uses the same HARQ process ID in cell 2 after receiving the resource allocation information for 30 ms. Pass the first transport block.
进一步地,若在一个子帧内的不同子频带上为终端分配了多个共享资源(如图6所示),此时,上述第二指示信息可以为:重传在小区1中W-5传输时间单元内在M号子频带上的数据。传输时间单元,可以是终端在小区1中传输的一种或多种长度的TTI,也可以是终端在小区2中的传输的一种或多种长度的TTI,也 可以是终端在小区1和小区2中传输的多种长度TTI的公约数。Further, if a plurality of shared resources are allocated to the terminal in different sub-bands in one sub-frame (as shown in FIG. 6), the second indication information may be: re-transmitted in the cell 1 in the W-5. The data in the sub-band of M is transmitted in the time unit. The transmission time unit may be one or more lengths of TTI transmitted by the terminal in the cell 1, or may be one or more lengths of TTIs of the terminal's transmission in the cell 2, or may be the terminal in the cell 1 and The common divisor of multiple length TTIs transmitted in cell 2.
这样,终端收到上述第二指示信息后,通过确定自己在W-5传输时间单元的M号子频带上发送数据使用的HARQ process ID,确定后续继续使用这个HARQ process ID在小区2重传第一传输块。In this way, after receiving the second indication information, the terminal determines the HARQ process ID used by the user to transmit data on the M sub-band of the W-5 transmission time unit, and determines to continue to use the HARQ process ID in the cell 2 retransmission. A transport block.
后续,终端在无线接入设备分配的专用资源上发送第一传输块后,无线接入设备需要将通过小区2对应的专用资源接收到的第一传输块,与通过小区1对应的共享资源接收到的第一传输块进行数据合并,即执行跨小区的数据合并。Subsequently, after the terminal sends the first transport block on the dedicated resource allocated by the radio access device, the radio access device needs to receive the first transport block received through the dedicated resource corresponding to the cell 2, and receive the shared resource corresponding to the cell 1 The first transport block to be merged, that is, data merge across cells is performed.
而在另一种可能的设计方法中,当终端使用不同小区内的共享资源或者专用资源向无线接入设备发送第一传输块时,无线接入设备也可以仅将在同一小区内接收到的第一传输块进行数据合并,这样可以避免执行复杂度较高的跨小区的数据合并,降低了数据合并的复杂度。In another possible design method, when the terminal uses the shared resource or the dedicated resource in different cells to send the first transport block to the wireless access device, the wireless access device may also only receive the same in the same cell. The first transport block performs data merging, which can avoid performing complicated data merging across cells, and reduces the complexity of data merging.
如图13所示,传输时间单元0和传输时间单元1上的共享资源为无线接入设备在小区1内为终端分配的,传输时间单元2和传输时间单元3上的共享资源为无线接入设备在小区2内为终端分配的。终端使用小区1内的3号HARQ process ID分别在传输时间单元0和传输时间单元1上向无线接入设备发送第一传输块,后续,终端又使用小区2内的5号HARQ process ID分别在传输时间单元2和传输时间单元3上向无线接入设备发送第一传输块。那么,无线接入设备将通过小区1接收到的两个第一传输块进行数据合并,并将通过小区2接收到的两个第一传输块进行数据合并。As shown in FIG. 13, the shared resources on the transmission time unit 0 and the transmission time unit 1 are allocated by the wireless access device for the terminal in the cell 1, and the shared resources on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 3 are wireless access. The device is allocated for the terminal in cell 2. The terminal uses the No. 3 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 to send the first transport block to the radio access device on the transmission time unit 0 and the transmission time unit 1, respectively, and subsequently, the terminal uses the No. 5 HARQ process ID in the cell 2 respectively. The first transport block is transmitted to the wireless access device on the transmission time unit 2 and the transmission time unit 3. Then, the wireless access device performs data combining by using the two first transport blocks received by the cell 1, and performs data combining by the two first transport blocks received by the cell 2.
一旦无线接入设备确定通过某个小区收到的第一传输块合并后能够正确解码,则向终端发送第一传输块的应答响应。如图13中,终端接收无线接入设备通过小区2发送的第一传输块的应答响应,由于终端知道使用小区1内的3号HARQ process ID和小区2内的5号HARQ process ID发送的第一传输块是同一个传输块,因此,终端停止使用小区1内的3号HARQ process ID发送第一传输块。这样,在不执行跨小区的数据合并时,也可以实现终端通过多个小区内的资源发送同一个传输块。Once the wireless access device determines that the first transport block received by a certain cell is merged and can be correctly decoded, the response response of the first transport block is sent to the terminal. As shown in FIG. 13, the terminal receives the response response of the first transport block sent by the radio access device through the cell 2, because the terminal knows to use the No. 3 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 and the No. 5 HARQ process ID in the cell 2 A transport block is the same transport block, and therefore, the terminal stops transmitting the first transport block using the No. 3 HARQ process ID in the cell 1. In this way, when data merging across cells is not performed, the terminal can also transmit the same transport block through resources in multiple cells.
以上实施例中是以终端向无线接入设备发送第一传输块为例进行说明的,那么,当无线接入设备需要向终端发送URLLC数据,例如,第三传输块时,无线接入设备可以通过不同小区内的资源,使用相同的HARQ process ID向终端发送该第三传输块。In the above embodiment, the terminal transmits the first transport block to the wireless access device as an example. Then, when the wireless access device needs to send the URLLC data to the terminal, for example, the third transport block, the wireless access device may The third transport block is sent to the terminal by using the same HARQ process ID through resources in different cells.
如图14所示,无线接入设备通过小区1内的资源,使用小区1中的1号HARQ process ID在传输时间单元1上向终端发送第三传输块,如果在传输时间单元1之后小区1内没有可用的资源,而小区2内在传输时间单元3上有可用的资源,那么,无线接入设备可以通过小区2内的资源,仍然使用小区1中的1号HARQ process ID继续向终端重复发送第三传输块,此时,无线接入设备可通过小区2内的下行控制信道向终端发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示本次传输的第三传输块与上一次在小区1中传输时间单元1上传输的第三传输块相同。As shown in FIG. 14, the radio access device transmits a third transport block to the terminal on the transmission time unit 1 by using the No. 1 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 through the resource in the cell 1, if the cell 1 after the transmission time unit 1 There is no available resource, and there is available resource in the cell 2 in the transmission time unit 3, then the radio access device can continue to send the terminal to the terminal by using the resource in the cell 2 and still using the HARQ process ID in the cell 1. The third transport block, at this time, the radio access device may send the third indication information to the terminal by using the downlink control channel in the cell 2, where the third indication information is used to indicate the third transport block of the current transmission and the last time in the cell. The third transport block transmitted on the transmission time unit 1 in 1 is the same.
具体地,第三指示信息中除了包括发送第三传输块的传输资源(即图14中小区2的传输时间单元3),还可以包括小区1的标识和1号HARQ process ID。Specifically, the third indication information includes the transmission resource of the third transport block (ie, the transmission time unit 3 of the cell 2 in FIG. 14), and may further include the identifier of the cell 1 and the HARQ process ID No. 1.
这样,终端在接收到上述第三指示信息后,终端可以将通过小区1内的资源接收到的第三传输块(即无线接入设备在传输时间单元1内发送的第三传输块)与通过小区2内的资源接收到的第三传输块(即无线接入设备在传输时间单元3内发送的第三传输块)进行数据合并和解析,以正确接收该第三传输块。In this way, after receiving the third indication information, the terminal may pass the third transport block received by the resource in the cell 1 (ie, the third transport block sent by the radio access device in the transmission time unit 1) The third transport block received by the resource in the cell 2 (ie, the third transport block sent by the radio access device in the transmission time unit 3) performs data combining and parsing to correctly receive the third transport block.
当然,无线接入设备也可以通过小区1内的下行控制信道向终端发送第三指示信息,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。Certainly, the wireless access device may also send the third indication information to the terminal by using the downlink control channel in the cell 1. The embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation.
又或者,无线接入设备还可以通过不同小区内的资源,使用不同的HARQ process ID发送该第三传输块。示例性的,无线接入设备在小区1内设置有1号-8号HARQ process ID,在小区2内设置有1号-8号HARQ process ID,那么,小区1中的1号HARQ process ID与小区2中的1号HARQ process ID是不相同的。Alternatively, the wireless access device may also send the third transport block by using a different HARQ process ID through resources in different cells. Exemplarily, the radio access device is configured with a HARQ process ID of No. 1-8 in the cell 1, and a HARQ process ID of No. 1-8 in the cell 2. Then, the HARQ process ID of the cell 1 in the cell 1 is The HARQ process ID number 1 in cell 2 is different.
此时,第三指示信息用于指示:在无线接入设备使用的不同的HARQ process ID中,其中的一个HARQ process ID为锚HARQ process ID。终端收到第三指示信息后,将通过另一个HARQ process ID收到的第三传输块发送给锚HARQ process ID所指示的HARQ process,由该HARQ process对两次接收到的第三传输块进行数据合并。At this time, the third indication information is used to indicate that one of the different HARQ process IDs used by the radio access device is an anchor HARQ process ID. After receiving the third indication information, the terminal sends the third transport block received by another HARQ process ID to the HARQ process indicated by the anchor HARQ process ID, and the second transport block received by the HARQ process is performed twice. Data merge.
如图15所示,无线接入设备通过小区1内的资源,使用小区1中的1号HARQ process ID在传输时间单元1上向终端发送第三传输块,后续,无线接入设备又通过小区2内的资源,使用小区2中的1号HARQ process ID在传输时间单元3上向终端发送第三传输块,此时,无线接入设备通过小区2内的下行控制信道向终端发送的第三指示信息用于指示:本次传输的第三传输块与上一次在传输时间单元1上使用小区1中的1号HARQ process ID传输的第三传输块相同。As shown in FIG. 15, the radio access device transmits the third transport block to the terminal on the transmission time unit 1 by using the No. 1 HARQ process ID in the cell 1 through the resources in the cell 1, and subsequently, the radio access device passes through the cell. The resource in 2 transmits the third transport block to the terminal on the transmission time unit 3 by using the HARQ process ID No. 1 in the cell 2, and the third time that the radio access device sends the terminal to the terminal through the downlink control channel in the cell 2 The indication information is used to indicate that the third transport block of the current transmission is the same as the third transport block that was last transmitted on the transmission time unit 1 using the No. 1 HARQ process ID in the cell 1.
可以看出,小区1中的1号HARQ process即为锚HARQ process。具体地,第三指示信息中除了包括发送第三传输块的传输资源(即小区2的传输时间单元3),还可以包括小区1的标识和小区1内的1号HARQ process ID,终端根据小区1的标识和小区1内的1号HARQ process ID,可以确定小区1中的1号HARQ process为锚HARQ process。It can be seen that the HARQ process No. 1 in the cell 1 is the anchor HARQ process. Specifically, the third indication information includes, in addition to the transmission resource for transmitting the third transport block (ie, the transmission time unit 3 of the cell 2), the identifier of the cell 1 and the HARQ process ID of the cell 1 in the cell 1, and the terminal according to the cell The identifier of 1 and the HARQ process ID in cell 1 may determine that the HARQ process No. 1 in cell 1 is an anchor HARQ process.
在上述图14和15的例子中,都假定无线接入设备先在小区1传输第三传输块,后在小区2中传输第三传输块。实际上,这两次传输过程可以是同时进行的。如果无线接入设备同时在两个小区内传输第三传输块,可以分别在两个小区的下行控制信道传输上述第三指示信息,也可以将两个小区对应的第三指示信息合并,通过小区1或小区2的下行控制信道传输上述第三指示信息。In the above-described examples of Figs. 14 and 15, it is assumed that the radio access device first transmits the third transport block in cell 1, and then transmits the third transport block in cell 2. In fact, these two transmission processes can be performed simultaneously. If the radio access device transmits the third transport block in the two cells at the same time, the third indication information may be transmitted on the downlink control channel of the two cells, and the third indication information corresponding to the two cells may be merged and passed through the cell. 1 or the downlink control channel of the cell 2 transmits the third indication information.
另外,在图14和15的例子中,假定无线接入设备通过小区1传输一次第三传输块,通过小区2中传输一次第三传输块。实际上,无线接入设备可以选择通过小区1传输一次或多次该第三传输块,通过小区2传输一次或多次该第三传输块。如果无线接入设备确定需要通个小区1或小区2传输多次第三传输块,那么,无线接入设备可以传输多次上述第三指示信息,每个第三传输块对应一份第三指示信息;或者,无线接入设备也可以仅传输一次第三指示信息,即多个第三传输块对应同一份第三指示信息。可选地,如果无线接入设备仅传输一次第三指示信息,对应多个第三传输块时,上述第三指示信息中还包含冗余版本起始指示,用 于指示终端:这多个第三传输块中第一个第三传输块所使用的冗余版本。终端根据该冗余版本起始指示,确定第一个第三传输块所使用的冗余版本,进而可推算后续无线接入设备发送的第三传输块所使用的冗余版本。In addition, in the examples of FIGS. 14 and 15, it is assumed that the radio access device transmits the third transport block once through the cell 1, and transmits the third transport block once through the cell 2. In fact, the wireless access device may choose to transmit the third transport block one or more times through the cell 1, and transmit the third transport block one or more times through the cell 2. If the wireless access device determines that the third transmission block needs to be transmitted multiple times through the cell 1 or the cell 2, the wireless access device may transmit the third indication information multiple times, and each third transmission block corresponds to a third indication. For example, the wireless access device may also transmit the third indication information only once, that is, the multiple third transmission blocks correspond to the same third indication information. Optionally, if the third access information is transmitted by the wireless access device, the third indication information further includes a redundancy version start indication, where the terminal indicates: the multiple The redundancy version used by the first third transport block in the three transport blocks. The terminal determines the redundancy version used by the first third transport block according to the redundancy version start indication, and further calculates a redundancy version used by the third transport block sent by the subsequent wireless access device.
需要说明的是,由于无线接入设备对当前的资源可以统一调度,因此,无线接入设备不会使用相同资源向不同终端发送数据,也不会使用各个终端正在使用的资源传输数据,因此,无线接入设备向终端发送第三传输块使用的资源(例如,图14和图15中小区1内的资源和小区2内的资源),不会与其他终端使用的资源发生冲突的问题,所以,无线接入设备向终端发送第三传输块使用的资源不区分共享资源和专用资源。It should be noted that, since the wireless access device can uniformly schedule the current resources, the wireless access device does not use the same resource to send data to different terminals, and does not use the resources that each terminal is using to transmit data. Therefore, The radio access device transmits the resources used by the third transport block to the terminal (for example, the resources in the cell 1 in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 and the resources in the cell 2), and does not conflict with resources used by other terminals, so The wireless access device sends the resource used by the third transport block to the terminal without distinguishing between the shared resource and the dedicated resource.
进一步地,以基站作为无线接入设备举例,终端和基站之间可以采用双连接(Dual Connectivity)的方式传输数据,即一个终端同时连接到一个主基站和一个辅基站的传输方式。Further, taking a base station as a wireless access device as an example, a terminal and a base station can transmit data in a dual connectivity manner, that is, a transmission mode in which one terminal is simultaneously connected to one primary base station and one secondary base station.
此时,如图16所示,终端内会建立两套协议栈,每一套协议栈包括:物理层实体、MAC实体以及RLC(Radio Link Control,无线链路层控制协议)实体。在传输过程中,PDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,分组数据汇聚协议)实体可以将同一个来自非接入层的数据包分别通过这两套协议栈传输至主基站和辅基站。At this time, as shown in FIG. 16, two sets of protocol stacks are established in the terminal, and each set of the protocol stack includes: a physical layer entity, a MAC entity, and an RLC (Radio Link Control) entity. During the transmission process, the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity can transmit the same data packet from the non-access stratum to the primary base station and the secondary base station through the two sets of protocol stacks.
如果其中一套协议栈已经传输成功,例如,如图16所示,辅基站已经向终端发送该数据包的应答响应,则与辅基站对应的RLC实体可以向与主基站对应的RLC实体发送指示信息,以指示该数据包已经成功传输,并且,与辅基站对应的RLC实体还可以向PDCP实体发送上述指示信息,以使得终端停止向主基站传输该数据包,也无需再等待主基站发送的该数据包的应答响应,从而节省传输资源。If one of the protocol stacks has been successfully transmitted, for example, as shown in FIG. 16, the secondary base station has sent a response response of the data packet to the terminal, and the RLC entity corresponding to the secondary base station may send an indication to the RLC entity corresponding to the primary base station. Information, to indicate that the data packet has been successfully transmitted, and the RLC entity corresponding to the secondary base station may further send the indication information to the PDCP entity, so that the terminal stops transmitting the data packet to the primary base station, and does not need to wait for the primary base station to send. The packet responds with a response, saving transmission resources.
另外,由于URLLC数据的时延要求很高,无线接入设备向终端传输URLLC数据时可能来不及为其分配专用资源,此时,无线接入设备可以抢占已经为其它终端分配的专用资源,来发送URLLC数据。In addition, because the delay of the URLLC data is very high, the wireless access device may not be able to allocate dedicated resources to the terminal when transmitting the URLLC data. In this case, the wireless access device may preempt the dedicated resources that have been allocated for other terminals to send. URLLC data.
如图17所示,无线接入设备可以将需要发送给终端1的传输块进行打孔,在打孔位置插入需要发送给终端2的URLLC数据。后续,无线接入设备再将打孔时打掉的这部分数据(即补传数据)补发给终端1,或者,无线接入设备再将与上述终端1的传输块对应的一个或多个冗余传输子块补发给终端1。同时,无线接入设备还可以通过PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel,物理下行控制信道)向终端1发送第一通知消息,该第一通知消息用于指示:这次传输过程是一个补传过程,使用的HARQ process ID与上一次传输过程相同,且这一次传输过程不计入HARQ传输次数。As shown in FIG. 17, the wireless access device can punch a transport block that needs to be transmitted to the terminal 1, and insert URLLC data that needs to be transmitted to the terminal 2 at the punched position. Subsequently, the wireless access device replenishes the part of the data (that is, the supplemental data) that is punctured when the puncturing is performed to the terminal 1, or the wireless access device and the one or more corresponding to the transport block of the terminal 1 The redundant transmission sub-block is reissued to the terminal 1. At the same time, the radio access device may also send a first notification message to the terminal 1 through a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), where the first notification message is used to indicate that the transmission process is a retransmission process and is used. The HARQ process ID is the same as the previous transmission process, and this transmission process does not count the number of HARQ transmissions.
示例性的,当终端1收到上述被打孔的传输块之后,可启动定时器CB-Timer,定时器CB-Timer的定时器长度可由无线接入设备通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令为终端1配置。那么,在定时器CB-Timer的计时期间内,终端1会监听PDCCH,以获取上述第一通知消息。Exemplarily, after the terminal 1 receives the punctured transport block, the timer CB-Timer may be started, and the timer length of the timer CB-Timer may be controlled by the radio access device through RRC (Radio Resource Control). The signaling is configured for terminal 1. Then, during the timing period of the timer CB-Timer, the terminal 1 monitors the PDCCH to acquire the first notification message.
或者,无线接入设备将上述被打孔的传输块发送给终端1后,还可以进一步向终端发送第二通知消息,该第二通知消息用于指示:无线接入设备上一次传输的传输块是被打过孔的数据块。那么,终端1收到该第二通知消息后,便可启动 定时器CB-Timer,在定时器CB-Timer的计时期间,终端1可监听PDCCH以获取上述第一通知消息或重传数据的通知消息。Alternatively, after the wireless access device sends the punctured transport block to the terminal 1, the second notification message may be further sent to the terminal, where the second notification message is used to indicate: the transport block that is transmitted by the wireless access device last time. It is a block of data that has been punched. Then, after receiving the second notification message, the terminal 1 can start the timer CB-Timer. During the timing of the timer CB-Timer, the terminal 1 can monitor the PDCCH to obtain the notification of the first notification message or retransmit data. Message.
另外,无线接入设备可以对多个终端的传输块进行打孔,以传输上述终端2的数据块。例如,无线接入设备对终端1和终端3的某个数据块分别进行打孔。这时,无线接入设备可以分别向终端1和终端3发送上述第二通知消息,也可以通过公共传输信道向终端1和终端3发送上述第二通知消息,本发明实施例对此不作任何限定。In addition, the wireless access device may punct the transport blocks of the plurality of terminals to transmit the data blocks of the terminal 2 described above. For example, the wireless access device puncts a certain data block of the terminal 1 and the terminal 3, respectively. At this time, the wireless access device may send the second notification message to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3, respectively, or may send the second notification message to the terminal 1 and the terminal 3 through the common transmission channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. .
又或者,当终端1收到上述被打孔的传输块之后,如果终端1对该传输块解码不成功,或者,终端1通过其它方式确定该传输块被打孔,那么,可触发终端1监听PDCCH,以获取上述第一通知消息或重传数据的通知消息。Or, after the terminal 1 receives the above-mentioned punctured transport block, if the terminal 1 decodes the transport block unsuccessfully, or the terminal 1 determines that the transport block is punctured by other means, the terminal 1 can be triggered to listen. The PDCCH is configured to obtain the foregoing first notification message or a retransmission data notification message.
为了尽可能的降低上述打孔过程对其他终端(例如上述终端1)的数据传输过程的干扰,无线接入设备可以预先配置一些资源,并将这些资源的位置通知给各个终端。如果后续无线接入设备需要打孔传输URLLC数据,可直接在这些预先配置的资源上打孔。此时,一旦终端1确定其传输的传输块占用的资源的位置与上述预先配置的资源的位置有交叠,便可启动上述CB-Timer,这样,终端1在CB-Timer的计时期间可以监听PDCCH,以获取上述第一通知消息。In order to reduce the interference of the above-mentioned puncturing process to the data transmission process of other terminals (such as the above-mentioned terminal 1) as much as possible, the wireless access device may pre-configure some resources and notify the terminals of the locations of these resources. If the subsequent wireless access device needs to punch the URLLC data, you can directly punch holes in these pre-configured resources. At this time, once the terminal 1 determines that the location of the resource occupied by the transport block of the transmission overlaps with the location of the pre-configured resource, the CB-Timer can be started, so that the terminal 1 can monitor during the timing of the CB-Timer. The PDCCH is configured to obtain the foregoing first notification message.
进一步地,如图18所示,当终端1收到上述补传数据之后,需要向无线接入设备发送两次反馈信息,即第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息,其中,第一反馈信息用于指示终端1已经接收到上述被打孔的传输块,第二反馈信息用于指示终端1将接收到的补传数据和被打孔的传输块合并后是否解码成功。这样,当无线接入设备占用其他终端(例如上述终端1)的资源向某个终端(例如上述终端2)发送数据时,可以通过触发该其他终端监听PDCCH获取无线接入设备发送的补传数据,以降低无线接入设备发送URLLC数据时对其他终端的干扰。Further, as shown in FIG. 18, after receiving the above-mentioned supplementary data, the terminal 1 needs to send the feedback information, that is, the first feedback information and the second feedback information, to the wireless access device, where the first feedback information is used. The indication that the terminal 1 has received the above-mentioned punctured transport block, the second feedback information is used to indicate whether the terminal 1 successfully combines the received supplemental data and the punctured transport block. In this way, when the wireless access device uses the resources of the other terminal (for example, the terminal 1) to send data to a terminal (for example, the terminal 2), the other terminal may be triggered to monitor the PDCCH to acquire the supplementary data sent by the wireless access device. To reduce interference to other terminals when the wireless access device sends URLLC data.
其中,如图18所示,终端1接收到上述被打孔的数据至终端1发送第一反馈信息之间的时间T1,与终端1接收到上述补传数据至终端1发送第二反馈信息之间的时间T2,可以是通过RRC专用信令分别配置的两个独立的值,也可以是配置T1与T2之间的关系后,如果确定出T1与T2中的任一个,则可根据T1与T2之间的关系确定另一个。其中,T1和T2的值可以相同或不同,本发明实施例对此不作任何限制。As shown in FIG. 18, the terminal 1 receives the punctured data to the time T1 between the first feedback information sent by the terminal 1, and the terminal 1 receives the supplementary data to the terminal 1 to send the second feedback information. The time T2 between the two times may be two independent values respectively configured by RRC dedicated signaling, or may be a relationship between T1 and T2. If any one of T1 and T2 is determined, it may be based on T1 and The relationship between T2 determines the other. The value of T1 and T2 may be the same or different, and the embodiment of the present invention does not impose any limitation.
本发明实施例还提供一种数据传输方法,为增强URLLC数据的传输可靠性,当同一个DRB可以在多个小区内传输时,可以将同一份URLLC数据包复制成两份,通过两个RLC实体传输。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a data transmission method, in order to enhance the transmission reliability of the URLLC data, when the same DRB can be transmitted in multiple cells, the same URLLC data packet can be copied into two, through two RLCs. Entity transfer.
如图19所示,发送端(可以为终端,也可以为无线接入设备)内的PDCP实体可以将一个URLLC数据包复制成至少两份,在RLC层对应至少两个RLC实体。不失一般性,以两份为例,例如,数据包1和数据包2,在RLC层分别对应两个RLC实体,即RLC实体1和RLC实体2。而在MAC层,发送端的MAC实体认为RLC实体1和RLC实体2是两个不同的RLC实体,但并不区分是两个业务对应的两个RLC实体,还是同一个业务对应的两个RLC实体。As shown in FIG. 19, the PDCP entity in the transmitting end (which may be a terminal or a wireless access device) may copy one URLLC data packet into at least two copies, and correspond to at least two RLC entities in the RLC layer. Without loss of generality, taking two copies as an example, for example, data packet 1 and data packet 2 correspond to two RLC entities, namely, RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2, respectively, at the RLC layer. At the MAC layer, the MAC entity of the sender considers that the RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2 are two different RLC entities, but it does not distinguish between two RLC entities corresponding to two services, or two RLC entities corresponding to the same service. .
其中,如图19所示,无线接入设备可预先将其所属的小区分为两个子集,即 小区集合1和小区集合2,这两个子集之间互不交叠。那么,对于RLC实体1发送给MAC实体的数据包1,发送端可通过小区集合1内的小区传输给接收端。对于RLC实体2发送给MAC实体的数据包2,发送端可通过小区集合2内的小区传输给接收端。As shown in FIG. 19, the radio access device may divide the cell to which the radio access device belongs into two subsets, that is, the cell set 1 and the cell set 2, and the two subsets do not overlap each other. Then, for the data packet 1 sent by the RLC entity 1 to the MAC entity, the transmitting end can transmit to the receiving end through the cell in the cell set 1. For the data packet 2 sent by the RLC entity 2 to the MAC entity, the transmitting end may transmit to the receiving end through the cell in the cell set 2.
这样,同一个URLLC数据包复制后必然通过两个不同的小区传输,从而提升了该URLLC数据包在传输时的时频增益,从而提高该URLLC数据包被正确接收的概率。In this way, the same URLLC data packet must be transmitted through two different cells after being copied, thereby improving the time-frequency gain of the URLLC data packet during transmission, thereby improving the probability that the URLLC data packet is correctly received.
在另一种可能的设计方法中,如图20所示,上述小区集合1和小区集合2之间可能存在部分或全部交叠。In another possible design method, as shown in FIG. 20, there may be partial or complete overlap between the above-mentioned cell set 1 and cell set 2.
此时,PDCP实体可以将一个URLLC数据包复制成至少两份。这种场景下,无线通信系统配置了同一PDCP实体可以将收到的URLLC数据复制成至少两份,PDCP实体将收到的所有URLLC数据进行复制。不失一般性,以数据包1和数据包2为例,其中数据包1在RLC实体1中的编号为37,数据包2在RLC实体2中的编号也为37。那么,如图20所示,当RLC1实体向MAC实体发送37号数据包后,MAC实体通过小区1C传输该37号数据包至接收端。进而,MAC实体不仅向RLC实体1发送通知“37号数据包已经通过小区1C传输”,而且向RLC2实体发送通知“37号数据包已经通过小区1C传输”。At this point, the PDCP entity can copy a URLLC packet into at least two copies. In this scenario, the wireless communication system is configured with the same PDCP entity to copy the received URLLC data into at least two copies, and the PDCP entity copies all the received URLLC data. Without loss of generality, taking packet 1 and packet 2 as an example, the number of packet 1 in RLC entity 1 is 37, and the number of packet 2 in RLC entity 2 is also 37. Then, as shown in FIG. 20, after the RLC1 entity sends the data packet No. 37 to the MAC entity, the MAC entity transmits the 37th data packet to the receiving end through the cell 1C. Further, the MAC entity not only transmits a notification to the RLC entity 1 that "the number 37 packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C", but also transmits a notification to the RLC2 entity that "the number 37 packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C".
那么,如果后续小区1C上存在传输资源时,由于RLC2实体已经获知37号数据包已经通过小区1C传输过了,因此,RLC2实体不再将37号数据包发送给MAC实体进行传输。Then, if there is a transmission resource on the subsequent cell 1C, since the RLC2 entity has learned that the data packet No. 37 has been transmitted through the cell 1C, the RLC2 entity no longer sends the data packet No. 37 to the MAC entity for transmission.
或者,当MAC实体通过小区1C传输该37号数据包至接收端后,MAC实体可直接将该37号数据包发送给RLC2实体,那么,RLC2实体对该37号数据包解析后确定这个数据包就是自身缓存的37号数据包,从而确定出37号数据包已经通过小区1C传输。Alternatively, after the MAC entity transmits the 37th data packet to the receiving end through the cell 1C, the MAC entity may directly send the 37th data packet to the RLC2 entity, and then the RLC2 entity parses the 37th data packet to determine the data packet. It is the 37th data packet buffered by itself, thus determining that the data packet No. 37 has been transmitted through the cell 1C.
在另一种可能的设计方法中,无线通信系统配置了同一PDCP实体可以将收到的URLLC数据复制成至少两份,这个PDCP实体可以按照配置将收到的所有URLLC数据复制成至少两份,也可以不进行复制,这种场景下,同一数据包在RLC层的编号可能不一致。如图21所示,上述小区集合1和小区集合2之间也存在交叠。不同的是,PDCP实体将一个URLLC数据包复制成两份后,其中一份在RLC实体1中的编号可能为37,而另一份在RLC实体2中的编号可能为除37之外的其他编号,例如,编号为68。In another possible design method, the wireless communication system is configured to copy the received URLLC data into at least two copies by the same PDCP entity, and the PDCP entity may copy all the received URLLC data into at least two copies according to the configuration. It is also possible not to perform replication. In this scenario, the number of the same data packet at the RLC layer may be inconsistent. As shown in FIG. 21, there is also an overlap between the above cell set 1 and the cell set 2. The difference is that after the PDCP entity copies a URLLC packet into two, one of the numbers in the RLC entity 1 may be 37, and the other number in the RLC entity 2 may be other than 37. The number, for example, is numbered 68.
那么,如图21所示,当RLC1实体向MAC实体发送37号数据包后,MAC实体通过小区1C传输该37号数据包至接收端。进而,MAC实体直接将该37号数据包发送给RLC2实体,RLC2实体对该37号数据包解析后可确定这个数据包就是自身缓存的68号数据包,从而确定出RLC2实体内的68号数据包已经通过小区1C传输。MAC实体选择除了1C外的其它小区来传输68号数据包。Then, as shown in FIG. 21, after the RLC1 entity sends the data packet No. 37 to the MAC entity, the MAC entity transmits the 37th data packet to the receiving end through the cell 1C. Further, the MAC entity directly sends the data packet No. 37 to the RLC2 entity, and the RLC2 entity parses the data packet of the 37th to determine that the data packet is the 68th data packet that is cached by itself, thereby determining the 68th data in the RLC2 entity. The packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C. The MAC entity selects other cells than the 1C to transmit the 68th packet.
那么,如果后续小区1C上存在传输资源时,由于RLC2实体已经获知68号数据包通过小区1C传输过了,因此,RLC2实体无需再将68号数据包发送给MAC实体进行传输。Then, if there is a transmission resource on the subsequent cell 1C, since the RLC2 entity has learned that the 68th data packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C, the RLC2 entity does not need to send the 68th data packet to the MAC entity for transmission.
在另一种可能的设计方法中,如图22所示,上述小区集合1和小区集合2之间存在交叠。并且,PDCP实体将一个URLLC数据包复制成两份后,其中一份在RLC实体1中的编号可能为37,而另一份在RLC实体2中的编号可能为除37之外的其他编号,例如,编号为68。In another possible design method, as shown in FIG. 22, there is an overlap between the above cell set 1 and the cell set 2. Moreover, after the PDCP entity copies a URLLC data packet into two, one of the numbers in the RLC entity 1 may be 37, and the other number in the RLC entity 2 may be a number other than 37. For example, the number is 68.
不同的是,为了加快MAC实体的组包速度,RLC实体会事先将一部分数据包处理好发给MAC实体,由MAC实体暂时缓存这些数据包,这样,当MAC实体得到输出资源后,就可以直接传输这些数据包。The difference is that, in order to speed up the packet speed of the MAC entity, the RLC entity will process a part of the data packet and send it to the MAC entity in advance, and the MAC entity temporarily buffers the data packet, so that when the MAC entity obtains the output resource, it can directly Transfer these packets.
那么,上述37号数据包和68号数据包如果均存储在MAC实体的缓存中时,如果37号数据包通过小区1C传输,则MAC实体将37号数据包发送给RLC实体2,RLC实体2可以识别出这个37号数据包在RLC实体2内的编号为68,从而发送指示消息通知MAC实体“RLC实体2中的68号数据包已经通过小区1C传输。这样,如果后续小区1C上存在传输资源时,由于MAC实体已经获知68号数据包通过小区1C传输过了,因此,MAC实体无需再将68号数据包通过小区1C传输。Then, if the above-mentioned data packet No. 37 and packet 68 are stored in the buffer of the MAC entity, if the data packet No. 37 is transmitted through the cell 1C, the MAC entity sends the data packet No. 37 to the RLC entity 2, and the RLC entity 2 It can be identified that the No. 37 data packet is numbered 68 in the RLC entity 2, so that the indication message is sent to inform the MAC entity that the 68th data packet in the RLC entity 2 has been transmitted through the cell 1C. Thus, if there is a transmission on the subsequent cell 1C In the case of the resource, since the MAC entity has learned that the 68th packet has been transmitted through the cell 1C, the MAC entity does not need to transmit the 68th packet through the cell 1C.
进一步地,如果当前存在某个交叠小区(例如上述小区1C)的传输资源,且上述37号数据包和68号数据包还未发送给接收端,那么,MAC实体可以选择缓存数据量较大的RLC实体、或者逻辑信道的令牌桶中令牌数目较多的RLC实体、或者随机选择一个RLC实体作为目标RLC实体,例如,RLC实体1为目标RLC实体,进而,从该目标RLC实体中获取数据包进行传输,以避免相同的数据包通过相同的小区来传输。Further, if there is currently a transmission resource of a certain overlapping cell (for example, the above-mentioned cell 1C), and the above-mentioned data packet No. 37 and packet 68 are not yet sent to the receiving end, the MAC entity may select a larger amount of buffered data. The RLC entity, or the RLC entity with a large number of tokens in the token bucket of the logical channel, or randomly selects one RLC entity as the target RLC entity, for example, the RLC entity 1 is the target RLC entity, and further, from the target RLC entity The data packets are acquired for transmission to avoid the same data packets being transmitted through the same cell.
在一种可能的设计方法中,如图23所示,终端(发送端)可以维护两套甚至更多套的RLC实体,例如,图23中的PDCP实体B以及RLC实体3,PDCP实体B不会将数据包复制为多份传输。那么,当发送端确定出了一个目标RLC实体,例如,RLC实体1后,可传输该RLC实体1对应的逻辑信道中的目标数据,那么,如果当前可用的资源不足以传完上述目标数据时,终端可触发BSR(缓冲区状态报告)以告知无线接入设备还需要更多的资源传输剩余的目标数据。In a possible design method, as shown in FIG. 23, the terminal (transmitting end) can maintain two or more sets of RLC entities, for example, PDCP entity B and RLC entity 3 in FIG. 23, and PDCP entity B does not. The packet will be copied as multiple copies. Then, when the transmitting end determines a target RLC entity, for example, the RLC entity 1, the target data in the logical channel corresponding to the RLC entity 1 can be transmitted, if the currently available resources are insufficient to transmit the target data. The terminal may trigger a BSR (Buffer Status Report) to inform the wireless access device that more resources are needed to transmit the remaining target data.
此时,如果终端的缓存中所有的数据均传输完了,或者,此时缓存中的数据已经在BSR中报给无线接入设备了,则终端可取消触发发送BSR。如果缓存中的数据仍然存在没有传输完的数据,那么终端不取消已经触发的BSR。At this time, if all the data in the buffer of the terminal is transmitted, or the data in the buffer has been reported to the wireless access device in the BSR, the terminal may cancel the trigger to send the BSR. If the data in the cache still has data that has not been transmitted, the terminal does not cancel the BSR that has been triggered.
需要说明的是,所述终端可以判断RLC层中是否所有RLC实体上有用数据都发送了,所述有用数据为能够放入MAC层当前待传输块中的数据。如果所有RLC实体上仍存在有用数据未发送完,BSR还没发送,则终端保持该BSR的触发状态。如果都发送完了,则取消该BSR的触发状态。如果所有RLC实体上仍存在有用数据未发送完,但是BSR却已经发送给无线接入设备了,则终端取消该BSR的触发状态。It should be noted that the terminal may determine whether the useful data on all the RLC entities in the RLC layer is sent, and the useful data is data that can be placed in the current block to be transported in the MAC layer. If the useful data is not sent on all the RLC entities and the BSR has not been sent yet, the terminal maintains the trigger state of the BSR. If all are sent, the trigger status of the BSR is canceled. If the useful data is still not sent on all the RLC entities, but the BSR has been sent to the wireless access device, the terminal cancels the trigger state of the BSR.
对于同一个数据无线承载DRB配置两个逻辑信道LCH(例如图22中的RLC实体1和RLC实体2)进行重复(duplicate)冗余传输时,UE接收到一个包含上行传输资源的上行授权后,如果所述两个LCH都能映射到上行授权包含的上行传输资源上(来自小区1c或小区2a)时,UE只选择其中一个LCH(选择RLC实体1和RLC实体2中一个)参与LCP过程(在生成一个TB时只将RLC实体1和 RLC实体2中一个实体上的数据放入这个TB中)。When the same data radio bearer DRB configures two logical channels LCH (for example, RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2 in FIG. 22) to perform redundant transmission, after the UE receives an uplink grant including the uplink transmission resource, If both LCHs can be mapped to uplink transmission resources included in the uplink grant (from cell 1c or cell 2a), the UE selects only one of the LCHs (select one of RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2) to participate in the LCP process ( When generating a TB, only the data on one of the RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2 is put into the TB).
对一个TB,如果所有可用的数据都放进这个TB了,但重复(duplicate)的另一个RLC实体中还有数据没有传走,MAC不取消BSR触发。For a TB, if all available data is put into the TB, but there is still data in the other RLC entity that is duplicated, the MAC does not cancel the BSR trigger.
示例性的,假设RLC实体1(目标RLC实体)中待传输的目标数据大小为50,RLC实体3中待传输的数据大小为300,此时,如果当前可用的资源大小为350时,刚好可以传输完。Exemplarily, the size of the target data to be transmitted in the RLC entity 1 (the target RLC entity) is 50, and the size of the data to be transmitted in the RLC entity 3 is 300. In this case, if the currently available resource size is 350, it is just The transfer is complete.
作为一个示例,在PDCP层有两组实体有数据包,第一组实体包含至少一个PDCP实体,第二组实体包含至少一个PDCP实体。第一组实体中每个PDCP实体不对数据包进行复制,在RLC层生成一个RLC数据包,一个PDCP实体对应一个RLC实体.第二组实体每个PDCP对数据包进行复制成两份,每一个PDCP实体都在RLC层生成至少两个RLC数据包,一个PDCP实体对应至少两个RLC实体。这两组PDCP实体在MAC层映射到一个MAC实体上。在这一个MAC实体生成一个传输块(TB)向物理层传输的过程中,这个TB中包含第二组中至少一个PDCP实体所对应的至少两个RLC实体的一个RLC实体上的数据。可选地,这个TB中可不包含第一组PDCP实体中对应的至少一个RLC实体上数据。这个TB中也还包含第一组PDCP实体中对应的至少一个RLC实体上数据。As an example, there are two sets of entities in the PDCP layer with data packets, a first set of entities comprising at least one PDCP entity, and a second set of entities comprising at least one PDCP entity. Each PDCP entity in the first group of entities does not replicate the data packet, and generates one RLC data packet in the RLC layer, and one PDCP entity corresponds to one RLC entity. The second group entity copies each data packet into two copies, each of which The PDCP entity generates at least two RLC data packets in the RLC layer, and one PDCP entity corresponds to at least two RLC entities. The two sets of PDCP entities are mapped to a MAC entity at the MAC layer. In the process in which the one MAC entity generates a transport block (TB) to transmit to the physical layer, the TB includes data on an RLC entity of at least two RLC entities corresponding to at least one PDCP entity in the second group. Optionally, the TB may not include data on the corresponding at least one RLC entity in the first group of PDCP entities. The TB also includes data on at least one RLC entity corresponding to the first group of PDCP entities.
不失一般性,PDCP层包含了PDCP实体A和PDCP实体B。其中,PDCP实体A对数据包复制为至少两份,则这个PDCP实体A在RLC层对应至少两个RLC实体(不失一般性,以RLC实体1和RLC实体2为例),PDCP实体B在RLC层仅生成一份数据,在RLC层对应一个RLC实体3。RLC实体1和RLC实体2上的数据可以是重复相同的。在MAC层生成一个TB时,RLC实体1和RLC实体2中仅有一个放入这个TB中。可选地,RLC实体3上所有数据放入这个TB中。也就说,这个TB中包含了RLC实体1的数据,就不包含RLC实体2的数据;这个TB包含了RLC实体2的数据,就不包含RLC实体1的数据。Without loss of generality, the PDCP layer contains PDCP entity A and PDCP entity B. The PDCP entity A copies the data packet into at least two, and the PDCP entity A corresponds to at least two RLC entities at the RLC layer (without loss of generality, taking RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2 as an example), and the PDCP entity B is in the The RLC layer generates only one piece of data, and corresponds to one RLC entity 3 at the RLC layer. The data on RLC entity 1 and RLC entity 2 may be the same as the repetition. When a TB is generated at the MAC layer, only one of the RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2 is placed in this TB. Optionally, all data on the RLC entity 3 is placed in this TB. That is to say, the data of the RLC entity 1 is included in the TB, and the data of the RLC entity 2 is not included; the TB contains the data of the RLC entity 2, and does not include the data of the RLC entity 1.
应用于上面本发明前述各个实施例,在上报BSR的过程中,MAC层MAC实体统计的待传输数据量为以下数据量之和:第一组PDCP实体所有PDCP实体上的当前待传数据量,第一组PDCP实体上所有PDCP实体所对应的所有RLC实体上的待传数据量,以及第二组所有PDCP每个PDCP实体上当前待传数据量*每个PDCP所复制数据包的份数,第二组每个PDCP实体分别对应的至少两个RLC实体中每个RLC实体上的待传数据量。其中,第二组所有PDCP每个PDCP实体上数据量*每个PDCP所复制数据包的份数的结果可以由第二组每个PDCP实体分别计算好后分别通知给MAC实体,也可以是由MAC实体来计算第二组所有PDCP每个PDCP实体上数据量*每个PDCP所复制数据包的份数的结果。Applicable to the foregoing various embodiments of the present invention, in the process of reporting a BSR, the amount of data to be transmitted counted by the MAC layer MAC entity is the sum of the following data amounts: the current amount of data to be transmitted on all PDCP entities of the first group of PDCP entities, The amount of data to be transmitted on all RLC entities corresponding to all PDCP entities on the first group of PDCP entities, and the amount of data to be transmitted on each PDCP entity of the second group of all PDCPs* the number of copies of each PDCP packet, The amount of data to be transmitted on each of the at least two RLC entities corresponding to each of the PDCP entities of the second group. The data amount of each PDCP in each PDCP entity of the second group * the result of the number of copies of the data packet copied by each PDCP may be separately calculated by the second group of each PDCP entity and then notified to the MAC entity respectively, or may be The MAC entity calculates the amount of data on each PDCP entity of each of the second group of PDCPs* the number of copies of the packets copied by each PDCP.
这里假设第一组PDCP实体的个数为n,每个PDCP实体上待传数据量为d1,…,dn,每个PDCP实体分别映射一个RLC实体,则共映射了n个RLC实体,每个RLC实体上待传数据量分别也为r1,…,rn;第二组PDCP实体为m个,每个PDCP实体上当前待数据为D1,…,Dm,每个PDCP已传到RLC层分别有rr1….rrm的数据量,分别被复制的份数为p1,…,pm,则每个PDCP实体分别映射RLC实体个数为p1,…,pm。MAC层实体统计待传数据量则为:It is assumed here that the number of the first group of PDCP entities is n, and the amount of data to be transmitted on each PDCP entity is d1,..., dn, and each PDCP entity maps one RLC entity respectively, and then a total of n RLC entities are mapped, each The amount of data to be transmitted on the RLC entity is also r1,...,rn; the second group of PDCP entities is m, and the current pending data on each PDCP entity is D1,...,Dm, and each PDCP has been transmitted to the RLC layer respectively. The data amount of rr1....rrm is copied to the number of copies p1, ..., pm, respectively, and the number of RLC entities mapped to each PDCP entity is p1,...,pm. The MAC layer entity counts the amount of data to be transmitted as follows:
(d1+…+dn)+(r1+…+rn)+(D1*p1+D2*p2+…+Dm*pm)+(rr1+…+rrm).(d1+...+dn)+(r1+...+rn)+(D1*p1+D2*p2+...+Dm*pm)+(rr1+...+rrm).
仍以前面这个例子为基础,PDCP实体A上的当前待数据大小为70,已传到RLC层数据大小为50,数据复制为2份,在RLC对应RLC实体1和RLC实体2上数据量大小分别为50,PDCP实体B上当前待传数据大小为300,已传到RLC层数据为300,则对应RLC实体3上数据量大小为100,PDCP实体A和PDCP实体B对应到MAC层一个MAC实体。这个MAC层按照每个RLC实体待传数据量和所有PDCP实体上待传数据量统计BSR中待传输数据量为300(PDCP实体B上数据量)+300(PDCP实体B对应RLC实体3上数据量)+70(PDCP实体A上数据量)*2(数据包复制的份数)+50(PDCP实体A对应的RLC实体1上数据量)+50(PDCP实体A对应的RLC实体2上数据量)。也可以是每个PDCP实体向这个MAC层报告的待传数据量,PDCP实体A向MAC层报告有70*2=140的待数据量,PDCP实体B向MAC层报告有300的待数据量,则MAC层统计BSR中待传数据量为140(PDCP实体A上数据量*复制份数)+50(RLC实体1)+50(RLC实体2)+300(PDCP实体B上数据量)+300(RLC实体3)。可以理解,这里MAC统计了PDCP层和RLC层的待传数据量,可选地,在无线通信系统引入了对于SDAP上的待传数据量,在MAC层计算数据量时还可以在上述统计结果上进一步加上SDAP上当前待传数据量*在RLC层的重复份数。Still based on the previous example, the current data size of the PDCP entity A is 70, the data size that has been transmitted to the RLC layer is 50, the data is copied to 2, and the data size is on the RLC corresponding RLC entity 1 and the RLC entity 2. 50, the data to be transmitted on the PDCP entity B is 300, and the data transmitted to the RLC layer is 300. The data size of the corresponding RLC entity 3 is 100. The PDCP entity A and the PDCP entity B correspond to the MAC layer. entity. The MAC layer calculates the amount of data to be transmitted in the BSR according to the amount of data to be transmitted and the amount of data to be transmitted on all PDCP entities. The amount of data to be transmitted in the BSR is 300 (the amount of data on the PDCP entity B) + 300 (the data on the RLC entity 3 is corresponding to the PDCP entity B). +) (data amount on PDCP entity A) * 2 (number of copies of data packet) + 50 (data amount on RLC entity 1 corresponding to PDCP entity A) + 50 (data on RLC entity 2 corresponding to PDCP entity A) the amount). It may also be the amount of data to be transmitted reported by each PDCP entity to the MAC layer. The PDCP entity A reports 70*2=140 of the amount of data to be sent to the MAC layer, and the PDCP entity B reports 300 of the amount of data to be sent to the MAC layer. Then, the amount of data to be transmitted in the MAC layer statistics BSR is 140 (the amount of data on the PDCP entity A * the number of copies) + 50 (RLC entity 1) + 50 (RLC entity 2) + 300 (the amount of data on the PDCP entity B) + 300 (RLC entity 3). It can be understood that the MAC statistics the amount of data to be transmitted in the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, and optionally, the amount of data to be transmitted on the SDAP is introduced in the wireless communication system, and the statistical result can also be obtained when calculating the data amount in the MAC layer. Further, the amount of data to be transmitted on the SDAP* is repeated in the RLC layer.
可以看出,尽管当前TB可用的资源为350,但是由于PDCP实体对数据包的复制,会导致所有数据本应放在一个TB中传输,但却不能够在一个TB中传输完,这个时候BSR的触发状态不被取消。在所有RLC实体上数据传输完成了,触发的BSR可以取消。It can be seen that although the current TB available resource is 350, due to the replication of the data packet by the PDCP entity, all the data should be transmitted in one TB, but it cannot be transmitted in one TB. At this time, the BSR The trigger status is not canceled. The data transmission is completed on all RLC entities, and the triggered BSR can be cancelled.
本发明实施例还提供一种数据传输方法,如图24所示。一种终端至少由两个小区同时提供通信服务,其中第一小区工作在授权频谱,第二小区工作在非授权频谱,所述终端可使用的逻辑信道1(LCH1)仅提供第一小区的数据传输,所述终端可使用的逻辑信道2(LCH2)提供第一小区和第二小区至少一个的数据传输。如果逻辑信道1上有数据要传输,但是有非授权频谱上的资源分配给所述终端而没有授权频谱上的资源分配,这种情况下,所述终端不能使用所述非授权频谱上的资源来传输逻辑信道1上的数据。如果逻辑信道2上有数据要传输,则逻辑信道2可以使用非授权频谱上的资源通过第二小区来进行数据传输。如果有授权频谱上的资源分配给所述终端,所述终端使用授权频谱上的资源来传输逻辑信道1上的数据,也可以使用授权频谱上的资源来传输逻辑信道2上的数据。The embodiment of the invention further provides a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. A terminal simultaneously provides communication services by at least two cells, wherein the first cell operates in an authorized spectrum, the second cell operates in an unlicensed spectrum, and the logical channel 1 (LCH1) that the terminal can use only provides data of the first cell. Transmission, the logical channel 2 (LCH2) available to the terminal provides data transmission of at least one of the first cell and the second cell. If there is data on the logical channel 1 to be transmitted, but resources on the unlicensed spectrum are allocated to the terminal without resource allocation on the licensed spectrum, in this case, the terminal cannot use the resources on the unlicensed spectrum. To transfer data on logical channel 1. If there is data on logical channel 2 to be transmitted, logical channel 2 can use the resources on the unlicensed spectrum to transmit data through the second cell. If resources on the licensed spectrum are allocated to the terminal, the terminal uses the resources on the licensed spectrum to transmit data on the logical channel 1, and the resources on the licensed spectrum can also be used to transmit the data on the logical channel 2.
如图25,一种终端至少由两个小区同时提供通信服务。第一小区工作在第一空口格式,第一空口格式使用短传输时间间隔(TTI),提供短时延需求的业务保证。第二小区工作在第二空口格式,使用长传输时间间隔TTI来提供长时延需求的业务保证。As shown in FIG. 25, a terminal simultaneously provides communication services by at least two cells. The first cell works in the first air interface format, and the first air interface format uses a short transmission time interval (TTI) to provide a service guarantee for short delay requirements. The second cell operates in the second air interface format and uses a long transmission time interval TTI to provide a service guarantee for long latency requirements.
所述终端可使用的逻辑信道1(LCH1)上要传输的数据为短时延需求,因此 逻辑信道1仅通过第一小区传输数据。所述终端可使用的逻辑信道2(LCH2)上要传输的数据为长时延需求,因此,逻辑信道2可通过第一小区和第二小区至少一个来传输数据。在终端被分配了第二空口格式的资源而没有分配第一空口格式上的资源,如果逻辑信道1上有数据要传输,则所述终端不能使用第一空口格式来传输逻辑信道1上的数据。可选地,所述终端可以使用第二空口格式的资源来发送逻辑信道1上的数据,但是所述终端仍然通知基站逻辑信道1上的数据待发送,和逻辑信道1上待发送数据量大小,所述终端通知的待发送数据量包含第二空口格式上发送的逻辑信道1上的数据量(所述终端仍然认为这部分数据量没有发送出去,这种情况下,终端对于新传数据优先级比这部分数据优先级更低的话,则不触发BSR)。The data to be transmitted on the logical channel 1 (LCH1) that the terminal can use is a short delay requirement, so the logical channel 1 transmits data only through the first cell. The data to be transmitted on the logical channel 2 (LCH2) that the terminal can use is a long delay requirement. Therefore, the logical channel 2 can transmit data through at least one of the first cell and the second cell. The terminal is allocated resources in the second air interface format without allocating resources on the first air interface format. If there is data on the logical channel 1 to be transmitted, the terminal cannot use the first air interface format to transmit data on the logical channel 1. . Optionally, the terminal may use the resource in the second air interface format to send data on the logical channel 1, but the terminal still notifies the data on the logical channel 1 of the base station to be sent, and the amount of data to be sent on the logical channel 1 The amount of data to be sent notified by the terminal includes the amount of data on the logical channel 1 transmitted on the second air interface format (the terminal still considers that the part of the data volume is not sent out. In this case, the terminal gives priority to the newly transmitted data. If the level of data is lower than this part of the data, the BSR is not triggered.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本发明实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述终端、无线接入设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。The solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the foregoing terminal, the wireless access device, and the like include a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present invention may divide a function module into a terminal or the like according to the foregoing method example. For example, each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图26示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端的一种可能的结构示意图,该终端包括:确定单元61、传输单元62和插入单元63。FIG. 26 shows a possible schematic diagram of a terminal involved in the above embodiment, which includes a determining unit 61, a transmitting unit 62, and an inserting unit 63, in the case where the respective functional modules are divided by corresponding functions.
确定单元61用于支持终端执行图4中的过程103;传输单元62用于支持终端执行图4中的过程101、102以及104;插入单元63用于在第一传输块内插入第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括终端传输所述第一传输块的HARQ进程标识和NDI。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。The determining unit 61 is configured to support the terminal to perform the process 103 in FIG. 4; the transmitting unit 62 is configured to support the terminal to execute the processes 101, 102, and 104 in FIG. 4; the inserting unit 63 is configured to insert the first indication information in the first transport block. The first indication information includes a HARQ process identifier and an NDI of the terminal transmitting the first transport block. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图27示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端的一种可能的结构示意图。终端包括:处理模块72和通信模块73。处理模块72用于对终端的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理模块72用于支持终端执行图4中的过程101-104,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块73用于支持终端与其他网络实体的通信。终端还可以包括存储模块71,用于存储终端的程序代码和数据。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 27 shows a possible structural diagram of the terminal involved in the above embodiment. The terminal includes a processing module 72 and a communication module 73. The processing module 72 is for controlling management of the actions of the terminal. For example, the processing module 72 is configured to support the terminal to perform the processes 101-104 of FIG. 4, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein. The communication module 73 is used to support communication between the terminal and other network entities. The terminal may further include a storage module 71 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
其中,处理模块72可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是中央处理器(Central  Processing Unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP),专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块73可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块61可以是存储器。The processing module 72 can be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific). Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module 73 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like. The storage module 61 can be a memory.
当处理模块72为处理器,通信模块73为收发器,存储模块71为存储器时,本发明实施例所涉及的终端可以为图3中所示计算机设备500。When the processing module 72 is a processor, the communication module 73 is a transceiver, and the storage module 71 is a memory, the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be the computer device 500 shown in FIG.
进一步地,本发明实施例还提供一种数据传输系统,该系统包括上述终端以及与该终端相连的无线接入设备。Further, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a data transmission system, where the system includes the foregoing terminal and a wireless access device connected to the terminal.
进一步地,本发明实施例还提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被计算机执行时,可以使得计算机可以执行上述步骤101-104中相关的数据传输方法。Further, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, can cause the computer to execute the related data transmission method in the above steps 101-104.
进一步地,本发明实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述终端所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行为上述终端所设计的任意程序。Further, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal, which is configured to execute any program designed for the terminal.
本领域技术人员可以理解,本发明实施例提供的技术方案,对于前述方法实施例中终端的确定,获取等处理动作,可由终端的至少一个处理器来实现,对于接收动作,可由终端的接收器来实现,对于发送动作,可由终端的发送器来实现。对于前述方法实施例中无线接入设备的确定,获取等处理动作,可由无线接入设备的至少一个处理器来实现,对于接收动作,可由无线接入设备的接收器来实现,对于发送动作,可由无线接入设备的发送器来实现。本领域技术人员可以根据方法实施例中的各个动作,来明确无线接入设备和终端的基本结构实现。在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can understand that the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be implemented by at least one processor of the terminal for determining, acquiring, and the like of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment, and the receiver of the terminal can be used for receiving the action. To achieve, for the sending action, it can be implemented by the transmitter of the terminal. The determining, obtaining, and the like processing actions of the wireless access device in the foregoing method embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor of the wireless access device, and the receiving action may be implemented by a receiver of the wireless access device, and for the sending action, It can be implemented by the transmitter of the wireless access device. A person skilled in the art can clarify the basic structure implementation of the wireless access device and the terminal according to various actions in the method embodiments. I will not repeat them here.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本发明所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that in one or more examples described above, the functions described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored in a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本发明的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本发明的具体实施方式而已,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本发明揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The embodiments, the technical solutions and the beneficial effects of the present invention are further described in detail in the above-described embodiments, and it should be understood that the above description is only specific embodiments of the present invention, but the scope of protection of the present invention is It is to be understood that any changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (44)

  1. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:
    终端使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向所述无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块,所述终端为所述至少一个终端中的一个,X>0;
    所述终端确定所述无线接入设备为所述终端分配的专用资源;
    所述终端使用目标资源向所述无线接入设备发送Y次所述第一传输块,所述目标资源包括所述专用资源,Y≥0。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A data transmission method, comprising:
    The terminal uses the shared resource configured by the wireless access device for the at least one terminal to send the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device, where the terminal is one of the at least one terminal, X>0;
    Determining, by the terminal, a dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal;
    The terminal sends the first transport block Y times to the wireless access device by using a target resource, where the target resource includes the dedicated resource, Y≥0.
  2. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018] 
    根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标资源还包括所述共享资源。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method of claim 1, wherein the target resource further comprises the shared resource.
  3. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018] 
    根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    若满足预置的停止条件,则所述终端停止向所述无线接入设备发送所述第一传输块;
    所述停止条件包括:所述终端接收到所述无线接入设备发送的所述第一传输块的应答响应,或者,所述终端发送所述第一传输块的时间超出预设的时延指标。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    If the preset stop condition is met, the terminal stops sending the first transport block to the wireless access device;
    The stopping condition includes: the terminal receiving the response response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device, or the time that the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds a preset delay indicator .
  4. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018] 
    根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向所述无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块之前,还包括:
    所述终端确定传输所述第一传输块时所需的传输次数N,N>0;
    其中,所述停止条件还包括:X+Y≥N。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to claim 3, further comprising: before the terminal uses the shared resource configured by the wireless access device for the at least one terminal to send the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device, further comprising:
    The terminal determines the number of transmissions N, N>0 required when transmitting the first transport block;
    The stopping condition further includes: X+Y≥N.
  5. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018] 
    根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向所述无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块,包括:
    所述终端在预置时间段内,使用所述共享资源向所述无线接入设备逐了发送X次所述第一传输块,所述预置时间段的结束时间位于所述终端获取到所述专用资源的时间之前。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the terminal transmits the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device using the shared resource configured by the wireless access device for the at least one terminal. include:
    The terminal sends the first transport block X times to the wireless access device by using the shared resource in a preset time period, where the end time of the preset time period is located at the terminal. Before the time of the dedicated resource.
  6. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端使用目标资源向所述无线接入设备发送Y次所述第一传输块,包括:
    对于所述目标资源所在的任意传输时间单元,若该传输时间单元内同时包括专用资源和共享资源,则所述终端使用该传输时间单元内的专用资源发送所述第一传输块。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the terminal sends the first transport block Y times to the wireless access device by using a target resource, including:
    For any transmission time unit in which the target resource is located, if the transmission time unit includes both the dedicated resource and the shared resource, the terminal transmits the first transport block by using the dedicated resource in the transmission time unit.
  7. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述共享资源位于Z个传输时间单元中的每个传输时间单元内,Z≥X,所述方法还包括:
    若所述终端在所述Z个传输时间单元中的第M个传输时间单元内获取到第二传输块的传输请求,则所述终端在所述第M个传输时间单元内使用所述第M个传输时间单元内的共享资源发送所述第一传输块,所迷第M个传输时间单元为所述Z个传输时间单元中除第1个传输时间单元外的一个。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the shared resource is located in each of the Z transmission time units, Z ≥ X, the method further comprising:
    If the terminal acquires a transmission request of the second transport block in the Mth transmission time unit of the Z transmission time units, the terminal uses the Mth in the Mth transmission time unit The first transmission block is transmitted by the shared resource in the transmission time unit, and the Mth transmission time unit is one of the Z transmission time units except the first transmission time unit.
  8. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所迷终端使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向所述无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块之前,还包括:
    所述终端在所述第一传输块内插入第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述终端传输所述第一传输块的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识和新数据标识NDI。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first transmission block is transmitted X times to the wireless access device by the terminal using the shared resource configured by the wireless access device for the at least one terminal. Previously, it also included:
    The terminal inserts first indication information in the first transport block, where the first indication information includes a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier and a new data identifier NDI of the terminal transmitting the first transport block.
  9. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括所述终端最近一次传榆所迷第一传输块时所属的小区的标识。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to claim 8, wherein the first indication information further comprises an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when the first transport block is last transmitted.
  10. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端确定所述无线接入设备为所述终端分配的专用资源,包括:
    所述终端接收所述无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息,所述资源分配信息用于指示所述终端发送所述第一传输块所需的所述专用资源;
    其中,所述资源分配信息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端重复发送在第K个传输时间单元内传输的所述第一传输块,所述第K个传输时间单元为位于接收所迷资源分配信息的传输时间单元之前的一个传输时间单元,K≥0。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the terminal determines the dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal, including:
    The terminal receives the resource allocation information sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to indicate that the terminal needs to send the dedicated resource required by the first transport block;
    The resource allocation information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal to repeatedly send the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth transmission time unit, the Kth transmission The time unit is a transmission time unit located before the transmission time unit that receives the resource allocation information, K≥0.
  11. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018] 
    根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括所述终端在所述第K个传输时间单元内传输所述第一传输块时所属的小区的标识。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to claim 10, wherein the second indication information comprises an identifier of a cell to which the terminal belongs when transmitting the first transport block in the Kth transmission time unit.
  12. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述共享资源包括:所述无线接入设备为所述终端在第一小区内配置的第一资源和所述无线接入设备为所述终端在第二小区内配置的第二资源;所述方法还包括:
    所述终端接收所述无线接入设备通过所述第一小区发送的所述第一传输块的应答响应,所述应答响应为无线接入设备接收到所述终端通过所述第一资源发送的第一传输块后生成的;
    所述终端停止使用所述第二资源向所述无线接入设备发送所述第一传输块。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the shared resource comprises: the wireless access device is a first resource and the wireless connection configured by the terminal in a first cell The ingress device is a second resource configured by the terminal in the second cell; the method further includes:
    Receiving, by the terminal, a response response of the first transport block that is sent by the wireless access device by using the first cell, where the response is that the wireless access device receives the terminal that is sent by using the first resource. Generated after the first transport block;
    The terminal stops using the second resource to send the first transport block to the wireless access device.
  13. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    一种终端,其特征在于,包括:
    传输单元,用于使用无线接入设备为至少一个终端配置的共享资源向所述无线接入设备发送X次第一传输块,所述终端为所述至少一个终端中的一个,X>0;
    确定单元,用于确定所述无线接入设备为所述终端分配的专用资源;
    所述传输单元,还用于使用目标资源向所述无线接入设备发送Y次所述第一传输块,所述目标资源包括所述专用资源,Y≥0。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A terminal, comprising:
    a transmission unit, configured to send, by using a shared resource configured by the wireless access device for the at least one terminal, the first transmission block X times to the wireless access device, where the terminal is one of the at least one terminal, X>0;
    a determining unit, configured to determine a dedicated resource allocated by the wireless access device to the terminal;
    The transmitting unit is further configured to send the first transport block Y times to the wireless access device by using a target resource, where the target resource includes the dedicated resource, Y≥0.
  14. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述传输单元,具体用于:若满足预置的停止条件,则停止向所述无线接入设备发送所述第一传输块;所述停止条件包括:所述终端接收到所述无线接入设备发送的所述第一传输块的应答响应,或者,所述终端发送所述第一传输块的时间超出预设的时延指标。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The terminal of claim 13 wherein:
    The transmitting unit is specifically configured to: stop sending the first transport block to the wireless access device if the preset stop condition is met; and the stopping condition includes: the terminal receiving the wireless access The response of the first transport block sent by the device, or the time when the terminal sends the first transport block exceeds a preset delay indicator.
  15. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求14所迷的终端,其特征在于,
    所述确定单元,还用于确定传输所述第一传输块时所需的传输次数Ν,N>0;其中,所述停止条件还包括:X+Y≥N。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A terminal according to claim 14, wherein
    The determining unit is further configured to determine a number of transmissions required when the first transport block is transmitted, N>0; wherein the stopping condition further includes: X+Y≥N.
  16. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13-15中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述传输单元,具体用于:在预置时间段内,使用所述共享资源向所述无线接入设备逐一发送X次所述第一传输块,所述预置时间段的结束时间位于所述终端获取到所述专用资源的时间之前。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A terminal according to any of claims 13-15, characterized in that
    The transmitting unit is specifically configured to: send the first transport block X times to the wireless access device one by one using the shared resource in a preset time period, where an end time of the preset time period is located Before the time when the terminal acquires the dedicated resource.
  17. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述传输单元,具体用于:对于所迷目标资源所在的任意传输时间单元,若该传输时间单元内同时包括专用资源和共享资源,则使用该传输时间单元内的专用资源发送所述第一传输块。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A terminal according to any one of claims 13-16, characterized in that
    The transmitting unit is specifically configured to send, by using a dedicated resource in the transmission time unit, the first resource, if any time of the transmission time unit includes the dedicated resource and the shared resource. Transport block.
  18. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13-17中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述共享资源位于Z个传输时间单元中的每个传输时间单元内,Z≥X;
    所述传输单元,还用于:若所述终端在所述Z个传输时间单元中的第M个传输时间单元内荻取到第二传输块的传输请求,则在所述第M个传输时间单元内使用所述第M个传输时间单元内的共享资源发送所迷第一传输块,所述第M个传输时间单元为所述Z个传输时间单元中除第1个传输时间单元外的一个。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The terminal according to any one of claims 13-17, wherein the shared resource is located in each of the Z transmission time units, Z ≥ X;
    The transmitting unit is further configured to: if the terminal extracts a transmission request of the second transport block in the Mth transmission time unit of the Z transmission time units, then at the Mth transmission time Transmitting, by the shared resource in the Mth transmission time unit, the first transport block, where the Mth transmission time unit is one of the Z transmission time units except the first transmission time unit .
  19. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13-18中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述终端还包括:
    插入单元,用于在所述第一传输块内插入第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述终端传输所述第一传输块的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程标识和新数据标识NDI。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The terminal according to any one of claims 13 to 18, wherein the terminal further comprises:
    An insertion unit, configured to insert first indication information in the first transport block, where the first indication information includes a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process identifier and a new data identifier NDI of the terminal transmitting the first transport block .
  20. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13-19中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述传输单元,还用于:接收所述无线接入设备发送的资源分配信息,所述资源分配信息用于指示所述终端发送所述第一传输块所需的所述专用资源;
    其中,所述资源分配信息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端重复发送在第K个传输时间单元内传输的所述第一传输块,所述第K个传输时间单元为位于接收所述资源分配信息的传输时间单元之前的一个传输时间单元,K≥0。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A terminal according to any one of claims 13 to 19, characterized in that
    The transmitting unit is further configured to: receive resource allocation information that is sent by the wireless access device, where the resource allocation information is used to indicate that the terminal needs to send the dedicated resource required by the first transport block;
    The resource allocation information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal to repeatedly send the first transport block that is transmitted in the Kth transmission time unit, the Kth transmission The time unit is a transmission time unit located before the transmission time unit receiving the resource allocation information, K≥0.
  21. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    根据权利要求13-20中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述共享资源包括:所述无线接入设备为所述终端在第一小区内配置的第一资源和所述无线接入设备为所述终端在第二小区内配置的第二资源;
    所述传输单元,还用于:接收所述无线接入设备通过所述第一小区发送的所述第一传输块的应答响应,所述应答响应为无线接入设备接收到所述终端通过所述第一资源发送的第一传输块后生成的;停止使用所述第二资源向所述无线接入设备发送所述第一传输块。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    The terminal according to any one of claims 13 to 20, wherein the shared resource comprises: the wireless access device is a first resource and the wireless connection configured by the terminal in the first cell The ingress device is a second resource configured by the terminal in the second cell;
    The transmitting unit is further configured to: receive a response response of the first transport block sent by the wireless access device by using the first cell, where the response response is that the wireless access device receives the terminal And generating, after the first transport block sent by the first resource, stopping sending the first transport block to the wireless access device by using the second resource.
  22. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    一种终端,其特征在于,包括:处理器、存储器、总线和通信接口;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,所迷处理器与所述存储器通过所述总线连接,当所述终端运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述终端执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的数据传输方法。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A terminal, comprising: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a communication interface;
    The memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, the processor is connected to the memory through the bus, and when the terminal is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory to make The terminal performs the data transmission method according to any one of claims 1-12.
  23. [援引加入(细则20.6) 11.04.2018]
    一种数据传输系统,其特征在于,包括:如权利要求13-21中任一项所述的终端,以及与所述终端相连的无线接入设备。
    [Citations to join (Rule 20.6) 11.04.2018]
    A data transmission system, comprising: the terminal according to any one of claims 13-21, and a wireless access device connected to the terminal.
  24. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A resource configuration method, comprising:
    用户设备UE接收应答响应资源的配置信息,所述应答响应资源用于所述UE在第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应,所述配置信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口中位于所述第n个传输单元之前的传输单元的个数,所述反馈窗口为:需要在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送下行数据信道的应答响应的所有传输单元的集合,所述第n个传输单元为所述所有传输单元中的一个,其中,k为整数,n为整数;The user equipment UE receives the configuration information of the response response resource, where the response response resource is used by the UE to send a response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, The configuration information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the number of transmission units in the feedback window of the (n+k)th transmission unit that are located before the nth transmission unit, and the feedback window is: And a set of all transmission units that need to send a response response of the downlink data channel on an uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, where the nth transmission unit is one of the all transmission units, where k Is an integer, n is an integer;
    所述UE根据所述配置信息,在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上使用所述应答响应资源发送所述第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应。And transmitting, by the UE, the response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit by using the response response resource on an uplink control channel of the n+thth transmission unit according to the configuration information.
  25. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答响应资源是根据所述第一信息确定的。The method of claim 1 wherein said response response resource is determined based on said first information.
  26. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口的大小。The method according to claim 1, wherein the configuration information further comprises second information, the second information being used to indicate a size of a feedback window of the n+kth transmission unit.
  27. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答响应资源是根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息确定的。The method of claim 3 wherein said response response resource is determined based on said first information and said second information.
  28. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应答响应资源是按照先子载波索引由小到大,再符号索引由大到小的顺序映射至所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the response response resource is mapped to the nth according to a first subcarrier index from small to large, and then the symbol index is changed from large to small. +k transmission units on the uplink control channel.
  29. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE接收应答响应资源的配置信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the UE receives the configuration information of the response response resource, including:
    所述UE通过物理层信令、广播信令、或高层信令接收基站发送的所述应答响应资源的配置信息。The UE receives configuration information of the response response resource sent by the base station by using physical layer signaling, broadcast signaling, or high layer signaling.
  30. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A resource configuration method, comprising:
    用户设备UE在第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上,使用应答响应资源发送第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应,所述应答响应资源是根据资源位置信息确定的,所述资源位置信息包括第一参数和第二参数,k为整数,n为整数;The user equipment UE sends a response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit by using the response response resource on the uplink control channel of the n+thth transmission unit, where the response response resource is determined according to the resource location information, The resource location information includes a first parameter and a second parameter, where k is an integer and n is an integer;
    其中,所述第一参数用于指示:所述UE接收与所述第n个传输单元的下行数据对应的下行控制信息DCI,与所述UE发送所述第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应之间的时间偏移量;The first parameter is used to indicate that the UE receives the downlink control information DCI corresponding to the downlink data of the nth transmission unit, and sends the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit with the UE. The time offset between response responses;
    所述第二参数包括:所述UE在所述第n个传输单元上传输下行数据时使用的第一个物理资源块PRB的索引,或者,传输所述DCI时使用的第一个控制信道粒子CCE的索引。The second parameter includes: an index of a first physical resource block PRB used by the UE to transmit downlink data on the nth transmission unit, or a first control channel particle used when transmitting the DCI CCE index.
  31. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述资源位置信息还包括第三参数,The method according to claim 7, wherein the resource location information further comprises a third parameter,
    其中,所述第三参数包括:基站在所述第n个传输单元内发送下行数据时使用的天线端口号,或者,所述UE在所述第n个传输单元内接收下行数据时使用的参考信号的加扰ID。The third parameter includes: an antenna port number used by the base station to transmit downlink data in the nth transmission unit, or a reference used by the UE to receive downlink data in the nth transmission unit. The scrambling ID of the signal.
  32. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述资源位置信息还包括第四参数,The method according to claim 7, wherein the resource location information further includes a fourth parameter,
    其中,所述第四参数包括:基站发送所述DCI时使用的天线端口号,或者,所述 UE接收所述DCI时使用的参考信号的加扰ID。The fourth parameter includes: an antenna port number used by the base station to send the DCI, or a scrambling ID of a reference signal used by the UE when receiving the DCI.
  33. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A resource configuration method, comprising:
    基站发送应答响应资源的配置信息,所述应答响应资源用于用户设备UE在第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应,所述配置信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口中位于所述第n个传输单元之前的传输单元的个数,所述反馈窗口为:需要在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送下行数据信道的应答响应的所有传输单元的集合,所述第n个传输单元为所述所有传输单元中的一个,其中,k为整数,n为整数。The base station sends configuration information of the response response resource, where the response response resource is used by the user equipment UE to send a response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, where the configuration information is The first information is used to indicate the number of transmission units in the feedback window of the n+kth transmission unit that are located before the nth transmission unit, where the feedback window is: a set of all transmission units that transmit a response of the downlink data channel on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, the nth transmission unit being one of the all transmission units, where k is an integer , n is an integer.
  34. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口的大小。The method according to claim 10, wherein the configuration information further comprises second information, the second information being used to indicate a size of a feedback window of the (n+k)th transmission unit.
  35. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收应答响应资源的配置信息,所述应答响应资源用于所述UE在第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应,所述配置信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口中位于所述第n个传输单元之前的传输单元的个数,所述反馈窗口为:需要在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送下行数据信道的应答响应的所有传输单元的集合,所述第n个传输单元为所述所有传输单元中的一个,其中,k为整数,n为整数;a receiving unit, configured to receive configuration information of the response response resource, where the response response resource is used by the UE to send a response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, The configuration information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the number of transmission units in the feedback window of the n+thth transmission unit that are located before the nth transmission unit, and the feedback window a set of all transmission units that need to send a response response of the downlink data channel on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, where the nth transmission unit is one of the all transmission units, where , k is an integer, and n is an integer;
    发送单元,用于根据所述配置信息,在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上使用所述应答响应资源发送所述第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应。And a sending unit, configured to send, according to the configuration information, the response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit by using the response response resource on an uplink control channel of the (n+k)th transmission unit.
  36. 根据权利要求12所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括:The UE according to claim 12, wherein the UE further comprises:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第一信息确定所述应答响应资源。a determining unit, configured to determine the response response resource according to the first information.
  37. 根据权利要求13所述的UE,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口的大小;The UE according to claim 13, wherein the configuration information further includes second information, where the second information is used to indicate a size of a feedback window of the (n+k)th transmission unit;
    所述确定单元,还用于根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息确定所述应答响应资源。The determining unit is further configured to determine the response response resource according to the first information and the second information.
  38. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括:The UE according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein the UE further comprises:
    映射单元,用于按照先子载波索引由小到大,再符号索引由大到小的顺序,将所述应答响应资源映射至所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上。And a mapping unit, configured to map the response response resource to an uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit according to a sequence of a first subcarrier index from small to large, and then a symbol index from large to small.
  39. 根据权利要求12-15中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE according to any one of claims 12-15, characterized in that
    所述接收单元,具体用于通过物理层信令、广播信令、或高层信令接收基站发送的所述应答响应资源的配置信息。The receiving unit is specifically configured to receive configuration information of the response response resource sent by the base station by using physical layer signaling, broadcast signaling, or high layer signaling.
  40. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    确定单元,用于根据资源位置信息确定UE在第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应时使用的应答响应资源,k为整数,n为整数;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the resource location information, a response response resource used by the UE to send a response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, where k is an integer, where n is Integer
    发送单元,用于在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上,使用所述应答响应资源发送所述第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应;a sending unit, configured to send, by using the response response resource, a response response of a downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit on an uplink control channel of the (n+k)th transmission unit;
    其中,所述资源位置信息包括第一参数和第二参数,所述第一参数用于指示:所述UE接收与所述第n个传输单元的下行数据对应的下行控制信息DCI,与所述UE 发送所述第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应之间的时间偏移量;所述第二参数包括:所述UE在所述第n个传输单元上传输下行数据时使用的第一个PRB的索引,或者,传输所述DCI时使用的第一个CCE的索引。The resource location information includes a first parameter and a second parameter, where the first parameter is used to indicate that the UE receives downlink control information DCI corresponding to downlink data of the nth transmission unit, and the Sending, by the UE, a time offset between response responses of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit; the second parameter includes: using, by the UE, downlink data when transmitting the downlink data on the nth transmission unit An index of a PRB, or an index of the first CCE used when transmitting the DCI.
  41. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:A base station, comprising:
    确定单元,用于确定应答响应资源的位置信息,所述应答响应资源用于用户设备UE在第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送第n个传输单元的下行数据信道的应答响应,所述配置信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第n+k个传输单元的反馈窗口中位于所述第n个传输单元之前的传输单元的个数,所述反馈窗口为:需要在所述第n+k个传输单元的上行控制信道上发送下行数据信道的应答响应的所有传输单元的集合,所述第n个传输单元为所述所有传输单元中的一个,其中,k为整数,n为整数;a determining unit, configured to determine location information of the response response resource, where the response response resource is used by the user equipment UE to send a response response of the downlink data channel of the nth transmission unit on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, The configuration information includes first information, where the first information is used to indicate the number of transmission units in the feedback window of the n+thth transmission unit that are located before the nth transmission unit, and the feedback window a set of all transmission units that need to send a response response of the downlink data channel on the uplink control channel of the n+kth transmission unit, where the nth transmission unit is one of the all transmission units, where , k is an integer, and n is an integer;
    发送单元,用于向所述UE发送所述应答响应资源的配置信息。And a sending unit, configured to send configuration information of the response response resource to the UE.
  42. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:处理器、存储器、总线和通信接口;A user equipment UE, comprising: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a communication interface;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理器与所述存储器通过所述总线连接,当所述UE运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述UE执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的资源配置方法。The memory is configured to store a computer to execute an instruction, the processor is connected to the memory through the bus, and when the UE is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instruction stored in the memory to make The UE performs the resource configuration method according to any one of claims 1-6.
  43. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:处理器、存储器、总线和通信接口;A user equipment UE, comprising: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a communication interface;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理器与所述存储器通过所述总线连接,当所述UE运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述UE执行如权利要求7-9中任一项所述的资源配置方法。The memory is configured to store a computer to execute an instruction, the processor is connected to the memory through the bus, and when the UE is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instruction stored in the memory to make The UE performs the resource configuration method according to any one of claims 7-9.
  44. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:处理器、存储器、总线和通信接口;A base station, comprising: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a communication interface;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理器与所述存储器通过所述总线连接,当所述基站运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述基站执行如权利要求10或11所述的资源配置方法。The memory is configured to store a computer to execute an instruction, the processor is connected to the memory through the bus, and when the base station is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instruction stored in the memory to make The base station performs the resource configuration method according to claim 10 or 11.
PCT/CN2017/119229 2016-12-30 2017-12-28 Data transmission method, apparatus and system WO2018121643A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP17886707.3A EP3565148B1 (en) 2016-12-30 2017-12-28 Data transmission method and apparatus
JP2019535313A JP6940121B2 (en) 2016-12-30 2017-12-28 Data transmission methods, equipment and systems
RU2019123822A RU2754679C2 (en) 2016-12-30 2017-12-28 System, device and method for data transmission
EP22186192.5A EP4145734B1 (en) 2016-12-30 2017-12-28 Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
US16/455,720 US11252604B2 (en) 2016-12-30 2019-06-27 Data transmission method, apparatus, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201611265112 2016-12-30
CN201611265112.5 2016-12-30
CN201710296923.X 2017-04-28
CN201710296923.XA CN108270516B (en) 2016-12-30 2017-04-28 Data transmission method, device and system

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/455,720 Continuation US11252604B2 (en) 2016-12-30 2019-06-27 Data transmission method, apparatus, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018121643A1 true WO2018121643A1 (en) 2018-07-05

Family

ID=62706990

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/119229 WO2018121643A1 (en) 2016-12-30 2017-12-28 Data transmission method, apparatus and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018121643A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020029414A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, communication device, chip and communication system
WO2020029074A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, communication device, chip, and communication system
CN114303333A (en) * 2019-11-07 2022-04-08 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and device, terminal device and network device
CN114902630A (en) * 2020-03-31 2022-08-12 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and equipment applied to access network

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150304921A1 (en) * 2012-12-28 2015-10-22 Broadcom Corporation Methods, devices, and computer program products improving mobile communication
CN106134249A (en) * 2014-04-28 2016-11-16 英特尔Ip公司 The channel reservation of the operation in unlicensed spectrum

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150304921A1 (en) * 2012-12-28 2015-10-22 Broadcom Corporation Methods, devices, and computer program products improving mobile communication
CN106134249A (en) * 2014-04-28 2016-11-16 英特尔Ip公司 The channel reservation of the operation in unlicensed spectrum

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Grant-Free Transmission Scheme for UL URLLC", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 #87 RI-1611689, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051175660 *
NOKIA ET AL.: "Grant-Free to Grant-Based Switching for URLLC", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 #87 RI-1612253, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051176202 *

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020029414A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, communication device, chip and communication system
WO2020029445A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, communication device, chip, and communication system
WO2020029074A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2020-02-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, communication device, chip, and communication system
CN114303333A (en) * 2019-11-07 2022-04-08 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and device, terminal device and network device
CN114303333B (en) * 2019-11-07 2024-02-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and device, terminal device and network device
CN114902630A (en) * 2020-03-31 2022-08-12 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and equipment applied to access network
CN114902630B (en) * 2020-03-31 2024-05-03 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device applied to access network

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11252604B2 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
US12035324B2 (en) Data sending method, data sending apparatus, and terminal device utilizing a configured grant resource
US11387946B2 (en) Reliable ultra-low latency communications
US20220279505A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting information on an uplink channel
US10314032B2 (en) Method and base station identifying PUCCH for processing feedback of user equipment
US8320341B2 (en) Re-transmission capability in semi-persistent transmission
WO2018036433A1 (en) Information transmitting and receiving methods and devices, base station, and terminal
WO2021203790A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook generation method, harq-ack codebook transmission method, and pdsch receiving method
WO2017166213A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2012097692A1 (en) Method,user equipment and network device for semi-persistent scheduling
WO2020199957A1 (en) Method and device for scheduling retransmission resources
WO2018121643A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and system
CN110830177B (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request transmission method and device
WO2020143731A1 (en) Method for transmitting data, communication device and network device
WO2021062854A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling harq process
WO2018000373A1 (en) Method, device, and system for data transmission
US20220263610A1 (en) Resource Allocation in Wireless Network
WO2012159413A1 (en) Uplink dynamic scheduling method and device for mac layer
US20230209554A1 (en) User equipment and base station
WO2021134151A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN116746091A (en) Communication device, infrastructure device and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17886707

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019535313

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017886707

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190730